-
41 τίθημι
Aτιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11
, S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P, l), Alc. codd. pler., corrupted to Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717;περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19
(i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep.τίθησθα Od.9.404
, 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 (τίθεισθα Hsch.
); [ per.] 3sg.τίθησι Il.4.83
, al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor. (Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl.τιθέασι Th.5.96
, Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.τιθεῖσι Il.16.262
, Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor.τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10
([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.τιθεῖ Il.13.732
, Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) (τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43
,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf. ; , Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.;ἐτίθει Il.18.541
, al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep.τίθει Il.1.441
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.τίθεσαν Od.22.456
;τίθεν Pi.P.3.65
;πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112
(Aristarch.); lateἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper.τίθει Il.1.509
, etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep.τιθήμεναι Il.23.83
; , Pi.P.1.40;τιθεῖν Thgn.286
, IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written (Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf.θησέμεναι Il.12.35
,θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58
: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic,ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d
, 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.θῆκαν Il.24.795
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep.θέσαν 12.29
, etc.; imper. , etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion.θέω Sapph.12
, ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep.θείω Il.16.83
, al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl.θεῖμεν 12.347
, Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT),προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d
, andκατα-θεῖτε D.14.27
; [ per.] 3pl. ; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.θέμεναι Il.2.285
,θέμεν Od.21.3
, Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor.θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13
(Rhodes, iv B.C.); part.θείς Il.23.254
, etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.); (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl.ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg. ; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper. , Pl. Sph. 237b, , [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part.τιθήμενος Il.10.34
: [tense] fut.θήσομαι 24.402
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg.ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.θήκατο Il.10.31
, Hes.Sc. 128; part.θηκάμενος Thgn.1150
, Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2ἐθέμην Il.2.750
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg.θέτο 10.149
, Pi.N.10.89; imper.θέο Od. 10.333
, ; subj. , etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.θῆαι Od. 19.403
; opt. , etc.; [ per.] 3sg.θεῖτο Od.17.225
, A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, butπρος-θεῖτο Id.6.12
codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf.τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. (Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut. , Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor. , Lys.31.28, etc. (ἐθέθην IG14.862
(Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf. codd. (but f.l.); part.τεθειμένος Demad.12
, ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense)ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.A in local sense, set, put, place,λίθον Il.21.405
, cf. IG12.373.10, al.;θεμείλια Il.12.29
; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself,δίφρον 20.387
);ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον
lay down,IG
42(1).122.31 (Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412;προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324
;χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906
; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion,ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184
, 204;ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c
:—[voice] Med.,ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
.b with Preps. of local sense, ([voice] Med.,ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34
); ἀνά τινι or τι, asἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
;ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466
; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, asεἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252
, cf. Il.16.223, etc.;ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480
; (v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, asδέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644
;ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445
: most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., asθῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476
;τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215
;ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76
; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310;ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18
); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797; ([voice] Med.,ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410
), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.c in Poets also with dat. only,χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364
(so in [voice] Med.,κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333
), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.II Special phrases:1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί orχείρεσσί τινος 6.482
, 23.597;οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448
; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn, : hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123;σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17
; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass., : also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82;περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21
: τίθεσθαι abs., vote, codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29;μετά τινος A.Supp. 644
(lyr.);ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b
; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart,ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732
; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470;ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121
, al.; alsoμένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145
:—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629; ; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449;καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89
;θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164
(lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729;θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66
.7 deposit, as in a bank,τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33
; ;ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451
, cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med., .ά, cf. Od.13.207;τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11
(iii B.C.);ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898
;συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23
:—[voice] Pass.,τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5
(but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee, , cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3;τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104
;τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1
;τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13
(iii B.C.);τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33
(iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med.,θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3
(vi A.D.).b place to account, reckon, D.27.34,36, 28.13;θήσω εἰς δύο παῖδας χιλίας δραχμὰς ἑκάστου ἐνιαυτοῦ Lys.32.28
, cf. ib.21:—metaph. in [voice] Med., ; τἀγαθὰ ἐς ἀμφίβολον ἀσφαλῶς ἔθεντο reckoned as doubtful, Th.4.18.10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.b bear arms, fight,τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e
;τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10
;ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5
, cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a;ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5
.c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act.,τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a
).d τὰ ὅπλα εὖ τίθεσθε keep your arms in good order, X.Cyr.4.5.3;εὖ ἀσπίδα θέσθω Il.2.382
.II lay in the grave, bury, (freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass.,τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138
, cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e;ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51
([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.III set up, of the prizes in games,ἄεθλα Il.23.263
, etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748; (so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property, ; ; so alsoτ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1
; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.2 set up in a temple, dedicate,ἀγάλματα Od.12.347
;τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576
; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).IV assign, award,τιμήν τινι Il.24.57
;ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d
: esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., withoutὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b
, cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast., .V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass.,τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425
, Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); alsoθήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484
;κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8
; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2
, cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf., : c. dat. et inf.,γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057
.2 [voice] Med., agree upon,ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1
,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.VI establish, institute, , cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.);πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21
.VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods,οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465
, 15.180;ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35
; [Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2
; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.);τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26
; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846;τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913
; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.);ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521
, cf. Andr. 737;τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243
;τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12
; :—[voice] Med., administer for oneself,οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23
;ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172
(lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25
; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.; ;τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11
;τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236
;τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d
; ;τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17
;εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378
;τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003
, cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5;τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434
; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι), πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.
ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up,ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84
;θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31
; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82;ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11
; ;τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e
; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e; : abs.,θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350
:—pass.,εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120
.2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice,πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.
ap. Stob.4.56.39;ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26;στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947
; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.;θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54
; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163
, cf. Il.2.319, etc.;ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1
; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483;τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229
, cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363;ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88
, cf. 11.274;ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17
;ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944
(lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674; ; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.c generally,προσφιλῆ θέσθαι τινά S.Ph. 532
; but φίλον ἐμαυτῷ θ. deem my friend, Id.Ant. 188; γέλωτα θέσθαι τινά make him one's butt, Hdt.3.29, 7.209.4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.);μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177
; (lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333; (lyr.); , cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c;εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10
; withὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a
, cf. Phd. 100a;μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193
.2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.3 folld. by Preps.,τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d
;ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4
; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; alsoοὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1
;ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3
;ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99
; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but (i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani));ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473
; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876;ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806
;ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35
;ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148
; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.4 c. partit. gen., ἐμὲ θὲς τῶν πεπεις μένων put me down as one of the convinced, Pl.R. 424c, cf. 376e, 437b; τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη might reckon it as due to our carelessness, D.1.10.5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.7 affirm, opp. αἴρω (deny), τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὄντος οὐ τόδε λέγει- οὐ γὰρ τίθησιν-- the phrase 'beyond being' does not denote a 'this' (for it is not an affirmation), Plot.5.5.6.C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist,ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541
, cf. 550, 561, 607; [δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394
.2 make, cause, bring to pass,ἔργα Il.3.321
;τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547
;ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235
;ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136
; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers.,σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171
; , etc.;πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524
, cf. 15.721, 16.262; 6, etc.;χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99
;πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47
;εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769
;αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837
(s. v.l.).3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418;θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241
; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402; ; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226;εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422
, etc.4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5;μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059
; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276;θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134
;περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6
(iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.) -
42 καιρός
καιρός, οῦ, ὁ (Hes.+; loanw. in rabb.)① a point of time or period of time, time, period, freq. with implication of being esp. fit for someth. and without emphasis on precise chronologyⓐ gener. (cp. Just., D. 32, 4 τὸν γὰρ καιρὸν [Da 7:26] ἑκατὸν ἔτη ἐξηγεῖσθε λέγεσθαι) κ. δεκτός a welcome time 2 Cor 6:2a (Is 49:8); cp. vs. 2b. καιροὶ χαλεποί difficult times 2 Ti 3:1. In ref. to times of crisis for the state λοιμικοῦ καιροῦ 1 Cl 55:1 (s. JFischer ad loc. note 322) καιροὶ καρποφόροι fruitful times or seasons (so Achmes 156, 15f: καρποφόρος is the καιρός in which the tree bears fruit, in contrast to late autumn, when there is no more) Ac 14:17 (OLagercrantz, ZNW 31, ’32, 86f proposes, on the basis of Mod. Gk., the mng., ‘weather’, but the pl. is against this mng.). καιροὶ ἐαρινοί 1 Cl 20:9.—ἔσται καιρὸς ὅτε there will come a time when 2 Ti 4:3; εἰς τίνα ἢ ποῖον κ. to what time or what sort of time (some, e.g. NRSV, interpret τίνα=the person, but cp. PTebt 25, 18 [117 B.C.] καὶ διὰ τίνος καὶ ἀπὸ ποίου ἐπιδείγματος; s. ποῖος 1aα, also ποτατός) 1 Pt 1:11. ἄχρι καιροῦ until (another) time, for a while Lk 4:13; Ac 13:11; ἐν καιρῷ ὀλίγῳ in a little time 1 Cl 23:4; ἐν παντὶ κ. at all times, always (Aristot. 117a, 35; Sir 26:4) Lk 21:36; Eph 6:18; Hm 5, 2, 3. κατὰ καιρόν from time to time, regularly (TestJob 36:4; Lucian, Hermot. 10; Plut., Mor. 984d) J 5:4 (s. 2 also); 1 Cl 24:2; GJs 3:3; πρὸς κ. for a limited time (perh. also for the present moment; cp. Strabo 6, 2, 3; Ps.-Plut., Fluv. 23; BGU 265, 20 [II A.D.]; 618, 19; 780, 14; Wsd 4:4; Philo, Post. Cai. 121; Jos., Bell. 6, 190; Tat. 13, 1) Lk 8:13; 1 Cor 7:5. πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας (a combination of πρὸς κ. and πρὸς ὥραν [2 Cor 7:8; Gal 2:5; Phlm 15; J 5:35]) for a short time (cp. our ‘for a short space of time’) 1 Th 2:17.ⓑ a moment or period as especially appropriate the right, proper, favorable time ἐν καιρῷ at the right time (X., An. 3, 1, 39; Diod S 36, 7, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 8 §29; SIG 1268 [Praecepta Delphica II, 6; III B.C.]) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42 (cp. on both Ps 103:27, w. v.l.). καιρῷ (Thu. 4, 59, 3 v.l.; Diog. L. 1, 41) Lk 20:10 (v.l. ἐν κ.). τῷ καιρῷ Mk 12:2. ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμός, ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος the proper time for me (you) J 7:6, 8 (Eunap., Vi. Iambl. p. 459 Didot: the worker of miracles acts ὅταν καιρὸς ᾖ). νῦν κ. ταῦτα ὑμᾶς μαθεῖν οὐκ ἔστιν now is not the time for you to learn this AcPl Ha 1, 26 (Just., D. 8, 1 ἃ νῦν κ. οὐκ ἔστι λέγειν al.).—καιρὸν λαβεῖν find a favorable time, seize the opportunity (Lysias, C. Agor. 6; Cleanthes [III B.C.]: Stoic. I no. 573; Diod S 2, 6, 5; EpArist 248; Jos., Bell. 1, 527, Ant. 4, 10; cp. PTebt 332, 9). καιρὸν μεταλαβεῖν (s. μεταλαμβάνω 2) Ac 24:25. λαβεῖν κ. εὔθετον find a convenient opportunity Pol 13:1. κ. ἔχειν have opportunity (Thu. 1, 42, 3; Pla., Ep. 7, 324b; Plut., Lucull. 501 [16, 4]; PFlor 259, 3; 1 Macc 15:34; Jos., Ant. 16, 73; 335; Ath., R. 23 p. 77, 6; Did., Gen. 112, 10) Gal 6:10; Hb 11:15; 2 Cl 16:1; ISm 9:1; IRo 2:1. ὀλίγον καιρὸν ἔχειν Rv 12:12. ἐξαγοράζεσθαι τὸν κ. make the most of the opportunity Col 4:5; Eph 5:16 (s. ἐξαγοράζω 2). On Ro 12:11 v.l. s. δουλεύω 2aβ and b. κατὰ κ. Ro 5:6 is more naturally construed with ἀπέθανεν than with ἀσεβῶν (cp. κατὰ καιρὸν θεριζόμενος reaped in its proper time Job 5:26).—The concept of the appropriate time oft. blends with that of② a defined period for an event. definite, fixed time. Abs. καιροί festal seasons (Ex 23:14, 17; Lev 23:4.—So perh. also beside θυσίαι in the Ins de Sinuri ed. LRobert ’45 no. 42) Gal 4:10 (κ. w. ἡμέρα as Polyaenus 8, 23, 17). τὰς τῶν καιρῶν ἀλλαγὰς καταδιαιρεῖν … ἃ μὲν εἰς ἑορτάς, ἃς δὲ εἰς πένθη to set up periods of fasting and mourning in accord with changes in seasons Dg 4:5.—Not infreq. w. a gen., which indicates the reason why the time is set apart (Pla., Leg. 4, 709c χειμῶνος καιρός; Aesop, Fab. 258 P.=255 H-H./206 Ch. ἀπολογίας κ., also oft. LXX; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 191 κ. εὐφροσύνης; Jos., Ant. 18, 74; Tat. 36, 1 κατʼ ἐκεῖνον αὐτὸν … τὸν τοῦ πολέμου κ.; Hippol., Ref. 9, 30, 27 κ. τῆς παρουσίας; Did., Gen. 175, 2 κ. τοῦ ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τὴν γῆν) κ. θερισμοῦ time of harvest Mt 13:30 (JosAs 2:19). κ. τῶν καρπῶν time when the fruit is ripe 21:34; cp. vs. 41. κ. σύκων time when the figs are ripe Mk 11:13 (ParJer 5:31; cp. Horapollo 2, 92 ὁ κ. τῶν ἀμπέλων). κ. μετανοίας time for repentance 2 Cl 8:2. κ. πειρασμοῦ Lk 8:13b. ὁ κ. τῆς ἀναλύσεως the time of death 2 Ti 4:6. κ. ἐπισκοπῆς σου Lk 19:44. κ. διορθώσεως Hb 9:10. κ. ἡλικίας 11:11. κ. τῆς ἡγεμονίας Ποντίου Πιλάτου the time of the procuratorship of P. P. IMg 11. κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου at the time of martyrdom EpilMosq 2 (cp. Mel., HE 4, 26, 3 ᾧ Σάγαρις καιρῷ ἐμαρτύρησεν). ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ καιρῷ (Num 9:7) 2 Th 2:6. ὁ κ. αὐτῶν the time set for the fulfillment of Gabriel’s words Lk 1:20; cp. Dg 11:5 (s. διαγγέλλω 2). ὁ κ. μου my time=the time of my death Mt 26:18. κ. τοῦ ἰαθῆναι time to be healed 2 Cl 9:7. κ. τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα 1 Pt 4:17; cp. the extraordinary ἦλθεν ὁ κ. τῶν νεκρῶν κριθῆναι καὶ δοῦναι = ἵνα κριθῶσιν οἱ νεκροὶ καὶ δῷς Rv 11:18.—Pl. (Num 9:3 κατὰ καιρούς; Tob 14:4 S πάντα συμβήσεται τοῖς καιροῖς αὐτῶν; Heraclit. Sto. 11 p. 18, 18=the periods of time between; Maximus Tyr. 1, 2f πολλοὶ κ.; TestNapht 7:1 δεῖ ταῦτα πληρωθῆναι κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς αὐτῶν; Ar. 4, 2 κατὰ καιρούς) καιροὶ ἐθνῶν times of the Gentiles (in which they may inflict harm on God’s people or themselves be converted) Lk 21:24.—κατὰ καιρόν at the appropriate time (Arrian, Anab. 4, 5, 1; PSI 433, 4 [261 B.C.]; Just., A I, 19, 4; Mel., HE 4, 26, 3) J 5:4; 1 Cl 56:15 (Job 5:26). Also ἐν καιρῷ (Himerius, Or 13 [Ecl. 14], 3): ἐν καιρῷ αὐτοῦ B 11:6, 8 (Ps 1:3). καιρῷ ἰδίῳ in due time Gal 6:9. Pl. καιροῖς ἰδίοις at the right time 1 Ti 2:6; 6:15; Tit 1:3; cp. 1 Cl 20:4 (Just., D. 131, 4 πρὸ τῶν ἰδίων κ.).—κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον καιρόν vs. 10.—πεπλήρωται ὁ κ. the time (determined by God) is fulfilled Mk 1:15. Pl. (cp. Ps 103:19) ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιρούς he (God) has determined allotted times (MDibelius, SBHeidAk ’38/39, 2. Abh. p. 6f, ‘seasons’; cp. 1QM 10, 12–15; FMussner, Einige Parallelen [Qumran and Areopagus speech], BZ 1, ’57, 125–30) Ac 17:26; cp. κατὰ καιροὺς τεταγμένους 1 Cl 40:1; ὡρισμένοις καιροῖς καὶ ὥραις vs. 2; τοῖς προστεταγμένοις κ. vs. 4.③ a period characterized by some aspect of special crisis, timeⓐ gener.: the present (time) Ro 13:11; 12:11 v.l. ὁ καιρός (i.e. the crisis involving Christians) ἀπαιτεῖ σε the times call upon you IPol 2:3 (Diod S 17, 27, 2 ὑπὸ τῶν καιρῶν προεκλήθησαν=they were called out by the [critical circumstances of the] times). Also ὁ νῦν κ. (PSI 402, 7 [III B.C.] ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ) Ro 3:26; 8:18; 11:5; 2 Cor 8:14; B 4:1. κ. ὁ νῦν τῆς ἀνομίας the present godless time 18:2 (s. also b below). ὁ κ. ὁ ἐνεστηκώς (Polyb. 1, 60, 9; Jos., Ant. 16, 162) Hb 9:9; ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ κ. at that time, then (Gen 21:22; Is 38:1; τῷ κ. ἐκείνῳ TestSol D 8, 2) Mt 11:25; 12:1; 14:1; cp. Eph 2:12. Also κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν κ. (Jos., Ant. 1, 171, Vi. 49; GJs 10:2.—Diod S 2, 27, 1 and Vi. Aesopi G 81 P. κατʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς καιρούς=at that time. Cp. κατʼ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 12, 10.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. ἔτι κατὰ καιρὸν ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν for those who at that time were still godless Ro 5:6, though κατὰ κ. here prob.=at the right time, as in mng. 1b above (s. B-D-F §255, 3). τῷ τότε τῆς ἀδικίας καιρῷ … τὸν νῦν τῆς δικαιοσύνης Dg 9:1; cp. 9:2. Of the future κατὰ τ. καιρὸν τοῦτον at this time Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10, 14). Cp. EpilMosq 2 in 2 above. ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ κ. just at that time (2 Esdr 5:3) Lk 13:1. W. attraction of the relative ἐν ᾧ κ. at that time, then Ac 7:20. κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ὸ̔ν καὶ πέρυσι at the same time as in the year preceding Hv 2, 1, 1.ⓑ One of the chief terms relating to the endtime: ὁ καιρός the time of crisis, the last times (FBusch, Z. Verständnis d. synopt. Eschatol. Mk 13 neu untersucht ’38; GDelling, D. Zeitverständn. des NTs ’40; WMichaelis, D. Herr verzieht nicht d. Verheissung ’42; WKümmel, Verheissung. u. Erfüllung ’45,3 ’56; OCullmann, Christus u. d. Zeit ’46 [tr. FFilson, Christ and Time ’50, 39–45; 79; 121]) ὁ κ. ἤγγικεν Lk 21:8. ὁ κ. ἐγγύς Rv 1:3; 22:10. οὐκ οἴδατε πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν Mk 13:33. Cp. Ro 13:11 (s. 3a above) if it is to be interpreted as eschatological (cp. Plut., Mor. 549f). πρὸ καιροῦ before the endtime and the judgment Mt 8:29; 1 Cor 4:5. ἐν καιρῷ 1 Pt 5:6. Also ἐν καιρῷ ἐσχάτῳ 1:5; D 16:2. Pl. πλήρωμα τῶν καιρῶν Eph 1:10. ἐπηρώτων … περὶ τῶν καιρῶν, εἰ ἤδη συντέλειά ἐστιν Hv 3, 8, 9. τὰ σημεῖα τ. καιρῶν the signs of the (Messianic) times Mt 16:3. τοὺς καιροὺς καταμάνθανε learn to understand the times IPol 3:2 (s. WBauer, Hdb. Suppl. vol. ad loc.) The Messianic times described as καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως Ac 3:20.—ἔσχατοι καιροί (or ὕστεροι καιροί 1 Ti 4:1) come before the ἔσχατος κ. IEph 11:1 (cp. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων κ. AcPl Ha 8, 26 [restoration is certain=Ox 1601, 40/BMM recto 34]); χρόνοι ἢ καιροί times and seasons (cp. Iren. 1, 17, 2 [Harv. I 168, 9] and καιρῶν κατὰ χρόνους ἀλλαγή Theoph. Ant. 1, 6 [p. 70, 1]; Artem. 4, 2 p. 203, 25f the χρόνος is divided into καιροὶ καὶ ὧραι), which must be completed before the final consummation Ac 1:7 (Straton of Lamps. in FWehrli, Die Schule des Aristoteles, V Fgm. 10, 32f κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς καὶ τοὺς χρόνους; quoted in JBarr, Biblical Words for Time, ’62, 33; see also Diog. L. 5, 64); cp. 1 Th 5:1. συντέμνειν τοὺς καιρούς shorten the (last) times B 4:3. Sim. in sg. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν 1 Cor 7:29.—The expr. καιρὸν καὶ καιροὺς κ. ἥμισυ καιροῦ also belongs to the eschatol. vocab.; it means the apocalyptic time of 1 + 2 + ½ = 3½ years, during which acc. to Da 12:7 (cp. 7:25) a tyrranical enemy of God and God’s people is to reign on earth Rv 12:14 (in imagery of a serpentine monster, δράκων)—ὁ κ. οὗτος the present age (cp. αἰών 2a) Mk 10:30; Lk 12:56; 18:30. Also ὁ νῦν κ. B 4:1. As ruled by the devil: ὁ ἄνομος κ. 4:9. καταργεῖν τὸν κ. τοῦ ἀνόμου destroy the age of the lawless one 15:5. The soul seeks και[ρο]ῦ χρόνου αἰ̣ῶ̣νος ἀνάπαυσιν ἐ̣[ν] σιγῇ peace in silence, at the time of the aeon crisis GMary 463, 1.—On Dg 12:9 s. the editions of vGebh.-Harnack and Bihlmeyer.—JMánek, NTS 6, ’59, 45–51; JBarr, Biblical Words for Time, ’62.—B. 954. Schmidt, Syn. II 54–72. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
43 ὡς
ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, likeⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.ⓑ special usesα. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.α. a substantiveא. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.ⓓ other noteworthy usesα. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, asⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or roleα. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order toⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M. -
44 μάλα
A very, exceedingly, prefixed or subjoined to Adjectives, Verbs, and Adverbs:1 strengthening the word with which it stands,a with Adjs., in Hom. most freq., μάλα πολλά very many, Od.1.1; μ. πᾶσα, μ. πάντα, every one, all together, Il.13.741, Od.2.306, etc.; μάλ' ἀσκηθής all unhurt, 5.26; ἀβληχρὸς μ. τοῖος quite gentle, 11.135; σαρδάνιον μ. τοῖον a quite sardonic smile, 20.302;μάλα μυρίοι 15.556
, 16.121, etc.; ἐμέο πρότερος μ. actually before me, Il.10.124; later, μ. φιλόσοφοι, πλάτανος μάλ' ἀμφιλαφής, etc., Pl.Prm. 126b, Phdr. 230b, etc.: strengthd., μ. δὴ πρεσβύτης very old, X.Cyr.8.7.1;μ. γέ τινες ὀλίγοι Pl.R. 531e
.b with Advs., πάγχυ μ., μ. πάγχυ, quite utterly, Il.12.165, 14.143;πάνυ μ. Pl.Phd. 80c
; εὖ μ. right well, Od.22.190, Pl.Phd. 92d, etc.;μάλα.. εὖ Od.23.175
, cf. Pl.Tht. 156a; μάλ' αὐτίκα (v. αὐτίκα) ; μάλ' αἰεί for ever and aye, Il.13.557, 23.717; ἄχρι μ. κνέφαος until quite dark, Od.18.370; μάλ' ὧδε just in this way, 6.258; μ. διαμπερές right through, Il.20.362; μ. μόλις (v. μόλις); to express repeated action,μάλ' αὖθις A.Ag. 1345
, Ch. 654; , etc.; μ. alone,ἔα, ἔα μ. A.Ch. 870
;οἲ μ. καὶ τόδ' ἀλγῶ Id.Pers. 1045
(lyr.); q. (soἄλλος πύργος.., καὶ ἕτερος μ. ἐπὶ τούτῳ Hdt. 1.181
, cf. 7.186): freq. afterκαί, αὗταί σ' ὁδηγήσουσι καὶ μάλ' ἀσμένως A.Pr. 728
, cf. Ch. 879: with neg., μάλ' οὐ, μάλ' οὔ πως, Il.2.241, Od. 5.103;οὐ μ. Hdt.1.93
, 2.37, S.Ph. 676 (lyr.).c with Verbs,μήτ' ἄρ με μάλ' αἴνεε Il.10.249
;μ. τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ 1.218
; ἡ δὲ μάλ' ἡνιόχευεν drove carefully, Od.6.319; μ... προπέμπει in earnest, A.Th. 915 (lyr.), cf. Eu. 368 (lyr.);καὶ μ. δοκοῦντας φρονίμους εἶναι X.Cyr.6.1.36
;μ. πολιορκούμενοι Id.HG7.1.25
.2 strengthening an assertion, νῦν σε μ. χρὴ αἰχμητὴν ἔμεναι, i.e. now or never, Il.16.492; τῷ κε μάλ' ἤ κεν μεῖνε .. then doubtless he would have stayed, Od.4.733; σοὶ δὲ μάλ' ἕψομ' ἐγώ yes indeed.., Il.10.108; ἀλλὰ μάλ' ὤφελλες why plainly.., Od.4.472: freq. with another word, as ἦ μ. δή .. now in very truth, Il.5.422, etc.;ἦ δή που μ. 21.583
; freq. ἦ μ. (without δή) 3.204, etc.3 in Hom. sts. after εἰ, as εἰ μ. μιν χόλος ἵκοι if wrath come on him ever so much, Il.17.399, cf. Od.5.485, al.;καὶ εἰ μ. τις πολεμίζοι Il.9.318
; also μ. περ c. part., μ. περ μεμαώς though desiring never so much, 13.317, cf. 14.58, 17.710, al.;καὶ μ. περ 1.217
, cf. 17.571;καὶ εὐρέα περ μάλ' ἐόντα Od.18.385
.4 in [dialect] Att. freq. in answers, yes, certainly,μ. γε Pl.R. 555d
, 564e, etc.;μ. τοι X.Mem.1.2.46
;καὶ μ. Pl.Phdr. 258c
;καὶ μ. γε Id.Tht. 148c
, etc.; καὶ μ. δή ib. 177a; καὶ μ. ἐπαύσατο certainly it stopped, Id.Smp. 189a, etc.II [comp] Comp. [full] μᾶλλον [[pron. full] ᾱ by nature, Hdn.Gr.2.932], [dialect] Ion. [full] μάλιον [pron. full] [ᾰ] only in Tyrt.12.6, cf. Choerob.in An.Ox.2.240; late [dialect] Dor. [full] μαλλότερον Pempel. ap. Stob.4.25.52:—more, rather, Il.5.231, Od.1.351, al.: mostly folld. by ἤ, but in Prose also by a gen., μ. τοῦ ξυμφέροντος more than is expedient, Antipho 5.1;μ. τοῦ δέοντος Pl.Grg. 487b
, X.Mem.4.3.8 (sts. expressed by μᾶλλον alone, Pl. Phd. 63d);οὐπώποτ' ἔργου μ. εἱλόμην λόγους E.Fr. 394
; παντὸς μ. most assuredly, Pl.Lg. 715d (v. infr. 8); in Id.Ap. 36d, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅτι μ. πρέπει οὕτως, ὡς.., ὡς is prob. = ἤ (v. ὡς): denoting a constant increase, more and more, sts. doubled,μ. μ. E.IT 1406
, Ar.Ra. 1001 (lyr.), Alex.29: in positive sense, exceedingly,κηρόθι μ. Il.9.300
, Od.15.370, al.:—Usage:1 freq. strengthened by other words,πολὺ μ. Il.9.700
, etc.;ἔτι μ. 14.97
, al.;μ. ἔτ' ἢ τὸ πάροιθεν Od.1.322
;καὶ μ. Il.8.470
;καὶ μ. ἔτι Od.18.22
;ἔτι καὶ μ. Pi.P.10.57
;ἔτι καὶ πολὺ μ. Il.23.386
, 429, Hes.Th. 428;ἐπὶ μ. Hdt.3.104
;ἔτι ἐπὶ μ. Id.1.94
;πολλῷ μ. Pl.Phd. 80e
, 1 Ep.Cor.12.22: also modified, μᾶλλόν τι somewhat more,μ. τι περιημέκτεε Hdt.1.114
, cf.50, etc.;μ. ἤδη προσδεχομένου Th.8.71
.2 sts. with a second [comp] Comp.,ῥηΐτεροι μ. Il.24.243
, cf. Hdt.1.32, A.Th. 673, Supp. 279, S.Ant. 1210, E.El. 222, Pl. Phd. 79e, Is.4.14 (s.v.l.), Arist.Top. 116b24.3 μᾶλλον δέ much more.., or rather.., to correct a statement already made,ὁ δεσπότης πέπραγεν εὐτυχέστατα, μ. δ' ὁ Πλοῦτος αὐτός Ar.Pl. 634
;πολλοί, μ. δὲ πάντες D.18.65
, cf. Pl.Smp. 173e; soἢ μ. Corn.ND20
, Simp.in Ph.25.16; οὐχὶ μ. ἤ .. not so, but rather so.., Th.2.87.6 μ. ἤ .. folld. by οὐ in comparisons, where preference implies rejection or denial, : preceded by another neg., Hdt.4.118, 5.94, 7.16. γ, etc.: by an interrog. which conveys a neg. force, τίδεῖ.. μᾶλλον, ἤ οὐ .. ; X.HG6.3.15.7 τὸ μ. καὶ ἧττον, a form of argument, a fortiori, Arist.Rh. 1397b12.8 παντὸς μ., v. πᾶς 111.4.III [comp] Sup. [full] μάλιστα most of all, above all, Hom., etc.;πᾶσι, μάλιστα δ' ἐμοί Od.21.353
; μ. μὲν.., ἔπειτα or ἔπειτα δέ .., first and above all.., next.., S.OT 647, cf. Ph. 1285; μ. μὲν.., δεύτερον δὲ .. Is.2.20; μ. μὲν.., εἰ δὲ μὴ .. Hdt.8.22, Th.1.40, Pl.R. 590d, D.20.25, etc.;τοῦτο δ' ἐστὶ μ. μὲν θάνατος, εἰ δὲ μή, πάντα τὰ ὄντα ἀφελέσθαι Id.21.152
; μάλιστα μὲν.., μᾶλλον μέντοι .. Pl.Smp. 180b; μάλιστα.., εἰ μὴ δ' .. S.Ph. 617; δοκέων μιν μ. ταύτης ἂν πείθεσθαι certainly, Hdt.3.53; τί μ.; what precisely? Pl.Grg. 448d, cf. Men. 80b, Smp. 218c: c. gen. partit.,μ. πάντων Hdt.2.37
, Pl.Prt. 327a, cf. Th. 4.86; τὸ μ. πάντων the supreme reality, Plot.5.5.11; τὸ μ. εἶναι the highest degree of being, Id.6.2.7.1 strengthd., ὡς μ. certainly, A.Supp. 294, Pl.R. 460a, etc.;ὅσον μ. A.Pr. 524
;ὅσα ἐδύνατο μ. Hdt.1.185
;ὡς δύναμαι μ. Pl.R. 367b
;ὡς οἷόν τε μ. Id.Grg. 510b
;εἰς ὅσον ἀνθρώπῳ δυνατὸν μ. Id.Phdr. 277a
;ὅτι μ. δύνασαι Id.Sph. 239b
;μακρῷ μ. Hdt.1.171
;πολλῷ μ. Paus.1.42.3
;παντὸς μ. D.H.3.35
, etc.2 with the Art., ἐς τὰ μ. in the highest degree, Hdt.1.20, 2.76, Th.6.104, 8.6, D.21.212: withoutἐς, φίλοι τὰ μ. Hdt.2.147
, cf.Th. 1.92, D.21.62;τά γε μ. Pl.Lg. 794d
; εἰ τὰ μ. ἦσαν ἀληθεῖς if they were ever so true, D.18.95; εἰ τὰ μ. μὴ τινές, ἀλλὰ πάντες .. if ( to put an extreme case) not some, but all.., Id.20.2;εἰ.. δοκοίη τὰ μ. Id.18.21
; ἀνὴρ δόκιμος ὁμοῖα τῷ μ. as famous as he that is most [famous], Hdt.7.118, cf. 3.8;τοῖς μάλισθ' ὁμοίως D.Ep.2.24
.b ἐν τοῖς μ. especially, as much as any, Th.8.90, Pl.Smp. 173b, etc.: with a [comp] Sup.,ἐν τοῖς μ. ὠμότατος Ael.VH14.40
;φιλτάτη καὶ ἀναγκαιοτάτη ἐν τοῖς μ. Procop.Arc.4
.3 added to a [comp] Sup. (v.μάλα 11.2
, πλεῖστον) , ἔχθιστος μ., μ. φίλτατος, Il.2.220, 24.334;μ. κῃ ἐμφερέστατα Hdt.2.76
;μ. φίλτατος E.Hipp. 1421
: to a [comp] Comp. (?),μ. δὴ ὀκνηρότεροι ἐγένοντο Th.4.55
.5 with numerals, in round numbers, about, Th.3.29, 92, X.HG5.2.31, etc.; πεντήκοντα μάλιστα is 49 in Th.1.118;ἑκατοστὸς μ. 99t
h, Id.8.68; ἐς μέσον μάλιστά κῃ about the middle, Hdt. 1.191, cf. 76;ἥμισυ μ. Th.1.93
; μ. σφᾶς μεσοῦν δειπνοῦντας that they were about the middle of supper, Pl.Smp. 175c;κου μ. Hdt.7.22
;μ. πως Plb.2.41.13
. -
45 διά
διά prep. w. gen. and acc. (Hom.+) (for lit. s. ἀνά, beg.); the fundamental idea that finds expression in this prep. is separation, esp. in the gen., with the gener. sense ‘through’; in the acc. the gener. sense also is ‘through’ (cp. the semantic range in Eng.), but primarily with a causal focus ‘owing to’.A. w. gen.① marker of extension through an area or object, via, throughⓐ w. verbs of going διέρχεσθαι διὰ πάντων (sc. τόπων, EpArist 132) go through all the places Ac 9:32; cp. Mt 12:43; Lk 11:24. ἀπελεύσομαι διʼ ὑμῶν εἰς I will go through your city on the way to Ro 15:28; cp. 2 Cor. 1:16. διαβαίνειν Hb 11:29. διαπορεύεσθαι διὰ σπορίμων Lk 6:1. εἰσέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς πύλης (Jos., Ant. 13, 229) Mt 7:13a; τ. θύρας J 10:1f; cp. vs. 9. παρέρχεσθαι διὰ τ. ὁδοῦ pass by along the road Mt 8:28; cp. 7:13b. παραπορεύεσθαι Mk 2:23; 9:30. περιπατεῖν διὰ τοῦ φωτός walk about through or in the light Rv 21:24. ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας return through M. Ac 20:3.—Ἰης. ὁ ἐλθὼν διʼ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1J 5:6 first of all refers quite literally to Jesus’ passing through water at the hand of John and through blood at his death (on the expression ‘come through blood’ in this sense cp. Eur., Phoen. 20 in Alex. Aphr., Fat. 31 II 2 p. 202, 10, of the oracle to Laius the father of Oedipus, concerning the bloody downfall of his house: πᾶς σὸς οἶκος βήσεται διʼ αἵματος). But mng. 3c may also apply: Jesus comes with the water of baptism and with the blood of redemption for his own.—AKlöpper, 1J 5:6–12: ZWT 43, 1900, 378–400.—The ῥῆμα ἐκπορευόμενον διὰ στόματος θεοῦ Mt 4:4 (Dt 8:3) is simply the word that proceeds out of the mouth of God (cp. Theognis 1, 18 Diehl3 τοῦτʼ ἔπος ἀθανάτων ἦλθε διὰ στομάτων; Pittacus in Diog. L. 1, 78 διὰ στόματος λαλεῖ; Chrysippus argues in Diog. L. 7, 187: εἴ τι λαλεῖς, τοῦτο διὰ τοῦ στόματός σου διέρχεται, i.e. if one e.g. says the word ἅμαξα, a wagon passes through the person’s lips; TestIss 7:4 ψεῦδος οὐκ ἀνῆλθε διὰ τ. χειλέων μου. Cp. also δέχεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Gen 33:10 beside δέχ. ἐκ τ. χειρ. τινος Ex 32:4).ⓑ w. other verbs that include motion: οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος διὰ πασῶν τ. ἐκκλησιῶν (sc. ἀγγέλλεται) throughout all the congregations 2 Cor 8:18. διαφέρεσθαι διʼ (v.l. καθʼ) ὅλης τῆς χώρας be spread through the whole region Ac 13:49. διὰ τ. κεράμων καθῆκαν αὐτόν they let him down through the tile roof Lk 5:19. διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν through an opening in the wall (Jos., Ant. 5, 15) Ac 9:25; cp. 2 Cor 11:33. (σωθήσεται) ὡς διὰ πυρός as if he had come through fire 1 Cor 3:15. διασῴζεσθαι διʼ ὕδατος be brought safely through the water 1 Pt 3:20.—διʼ ὅλου J 19:23 s. ὅλος 2.ⓐ of a whole period of time, to its very end throughout, through, during διὰ παντός (sc. χρόνου. Edd. gener. write διὰ παντός, but Tdf. writes διαπαντός exc. Mt 18:10) always, continually, constantly (Hdt. 1, 122, 3; Thu. 1, 38, 1; Vett. Val. 220, 1; 16; PLond I, 42, 6 [172 B.C.] p. 30; BGU 1078, 2; PGM 7, 235; LXX; GrBar 10:7; EpArist index; Jos., Ant. 3, 281; SibOr Fgm. 1, 17; Just., D. 6, 2; 12, 3 al.) Mt 18:10; Mk 5:5; Lk 24:53; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 10:2; 24:16; Ro 11:10 (Ps 68:24); 2 Th 3:16; Hb 9:6; 13:15; Hm 5, 2, 3; Hs 9, 27, 3. διὰ νυκτός during the night, overnight (νύξ 1b) Ac 23:31. διʼ ὅλης νυκτός the whole night through Lk 5:5; J 21:6 v.l. (X., An. 4, 2, 4; Diod S 3, 12, 3 διʼ ὅλης τῆς νυκτός; PGM 4, 3151; Jos., Ant. 6, 37; cp. διʼ ἡμέρας all through the day: IPriene 112, 61 and 99; 1 Macc 12:27; 4 Macc 3:7). διʼ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα Ac 1:3 means either for forty days (Philo, Vi. Cont. 35 διʼ ἓξ ἡμερῶν. So AFridrichsen, ThBl 6, 1927, 337–41; MEnslin, JBL 47, 1928, 60–73) or (s. b below) now and then in the course of 40 days (B-D-F §223, 1; Rob. 581; WMichaelis, ThBl 4, 1925, 102f; Bruce, Acts). διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν throughout the lifetime Hb 2:15 (cp. διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου: X., Mem. 1, 2, 61; Pla., Phileb. 39e; Dionys. Hal. 2, 21; διʼ ὅλου τοῦ ζῆν EpArist 130; 141; 168).ⓑ of a period of time within which someth. occurs during, at (PTebt 48, 10) διὰ (τῆς) νυκτός at night, during the night (Palaeph. 1, 10; PRyl 138, 15 κατέλαβα τοῦτον διὰ νυκτός; Jos., Bell. 1, 229. S. νύξ 1b end) Ac 5:19; 16:9; 17:10. διὰ τῆς ἡμέρας during the day Lk 9:37 D (Antig. Car. 128 διὰ πέμπτης ἡμέρας=on the fifth day). διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν within three days Mt 26:61; Mk 14:58.ⓒ of an interval of time, after (Hdt. 6, 118, 3 διʼ ἐτέων εἴκοσι; Thu. 2, 94, 3; X., Mem. 2, 8, 1; Diod S 5, 28, 6 of transmigration of souls: διʼ ἐτῶν ὡρισμένων [=after the passing of a certain number of years] πάλιν βιοῦν; OGI 56, 38; 4 Macc 13:21; Jos., Ant. 4, 209): διʼ ἐτῶν πλειόνων after several years Ac 24:17. διὰ δεκατεσσάρων (s. under δέκα) ἐτῶν after 14 years Gal 2:1. διʼ ἡμερῶν several days afterward Mk 2:1. διὰ ἱκανοῦ χρόνου after (quite) some time Ac 11:2 D (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 28 διὰ χρόνου).③ marker of instrumentality or circumstance whereby someth. is accomplished or effected, by, via, throughⓐ of means or instrument γράφειν διά χάρτου καὶ μέλανος write w. paper and ink 2J 12; cp. 3J 13 (Plut., Sol. 87 [17, 3]). διὰ πυρὸς δοκιμάζειν test by fire 1 Pt 1:7. διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι Ac 8:20. Hebraistically in expr. denoting activity διὰ χειρῶν τινος (LXX) Mk 6:2; Ac 5:12; 14:3; 19:11, 26. Differently γράφειν διὰ χειρός τινος write through the agency of someone 15:23; cp. 11:30. εἰπεῖν διὰ στόματός τινος by the mouth of someone (where the usage discussed in A1a is influential) 1:16; 3:18, 21; 4:25. εὔσημον λόγον διδόναι διὰ τῆς γλώσσης utter intelligible speech with the tongue 1 Cor 14:9. διὰ τοῦ νοὸς λαλεῖν speak, using one’s reason (=consciously; opp., ecstatic speech) vs. 19 v.l. Of the work of Christ: περιποιεῖσθαι διὰ τοῦ αἵματος obtain through his blood Ac 20:28; cp. Eph 1:7; Col 1:20. Also διὰ τοῦ θανάτου Ro 5:10; Col 1:22; Hb 2:14; διὰ τοῦ σώματος Ro 7:4; διὰ τῆς ἰδίας σαρκός AcPlCor 2:6; cp. 2:15; διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ Eph 2:16; διὰ τῆς θυσίας Hb 9:26; διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ through the offering of the body of Jesus 10:10; διὰ παθημάτων 2:10.ⓑ of manner, esp. w. verbs of saying: ἀπαγγέλλειν διὰ λόγου by word of mouth Ac 15:27; cp. 2 Th 2:15. διʼ ἐπιστολῶν by letter (POxy 1066, 9; 1070, 14f πολλάκις σοι γράψας διὰ ἐπιστολῶν πολλῶν; Tat. 12:3 δια γραφῆς in writing) 1 Cor 16:3; 2 Cor 10:11; cp. 2 Th 2:2, 15. διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ w. many words Ac 15:32. διʼ ὁράματος εἰπεῖν in a vision 18:9. διὰ παραβολῆς in an illustrative way, in a parable Lk 8:4. διὰ προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως προσεύχεσθαι call on (God) w. prayer and supplication Eph 6:18. διὰ βραχέων ἐπιστέλλειν write briefly Hb 13:22 (cp. 1 Pt 5:12 P72; Isocr. 14, 3; Lucian, Tox. 56; EpArist 128; Ath. 17:1 σκέψασθε … διὰ βρ.). Also διʼ ὀλίγων γράφειν 1 Pt 5:12 (Pla., Phileb. 31d; UPZ 42, 9 [162 B.C.]; 2 Macc 6:17).ⓒ of attendant or prevailing circumstance (Kühner-G. I 482f; X., Cyr. 4, 6, 6 διὰ πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγων; Just., D. 105, 2 διʼ οὗ πάθους ἔμελλενἀποθνῄσκειν; PTebt 35, 9 [111 B.C.] διὰ τῆς γνώμης τινός=with someone’s consent; Jos., Bell. 4, 105) σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου you who, (though provided) with the written code and circumcision, are a transgressor/violator of the law Ro 2:27. διʼ ὑπομονῆς 8:25. διὰ προσκόμματος eat with offense (to the scruples of another) 14:20. διʼ ἀκροβυστίας in a state of being uncircumcised 4:11. διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων with many tears 2 Cor 2:4. Cp. 6:7. διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως 2 Pt 1:3 ( through recognition [of God as source of the gifts], s. Danker, Benefactor 457). διὰ πυρός in fiery form AcPlCor 2:13.—Here prob. belongs σωθήσεται διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 Ti 2:15 (opp. of the negative theme in Gen. 3:16), but s. d next. On 1J 5:6 s. A1a above.ⓓ of efficient cause via, through διὰ νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας ( only) recognition of sin comes via the law Ro 3:20; cp. 4:13. τὰ παθήματα τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου passions aroused via the law 7:5. διὰ νόμου πίστεως by the law of faith 3:27; Gal 2:19. ἀφορμὴν λαμβάνειν διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς Ro 7:8, 11; cp. 13. διὰ τ. εὐαγγελίου ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα (spiritual parenthood) 1 Cor 4:15. Perh. 1 Ti 2:15 but s. c, above. διὰ τῆς σοφίας with its wisdom 1 Cor 1:21; opp. διὰ τῆς μωρίας τοῦ κηρύγματος through the folly of proclamation = foolish proclamation ibid. διὰ τῆς Λευιτικῆς ἱερωσύνης Hb 7:11. Freq. διὰ (τῆς) πίστεως Ro 1:12; 3:22, 25, 30f; Gal 2:16; 3:14, 26; Eph 2:8; 3:12, 17 al. Cp. AcPl Cor 2:8. πίστις διʼ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη faith which works through (=expresses itself in) deeds of love Gal 5:6. διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ if God is willing Ro 15:32; by the will of God 1 Cor 1:1; 2 Cor 1:1; 8:5; Eph 1:1; Col 1:1; 2 Ti 1:1.ⓔ of occasion διὰ τῆς χάριτος by virtue of the grace Ro 12:3; Gal 1:15 (Just., D. 100, 2).—3:18; 4:23; Phlm 22. διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς in consequence of his glory and excellence 2 Pt 1:3 v.l.ⓕ in wording of urgent requests διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ by the mercy of God Ro 12:1; cp. 15:30; 1 Cor 1:10; 2 Cor 10:1.④ marker of pers. agency, through, byⓐ with focus on agency through ( the agency of), by (X., An. 2, 3, 17 διʼ ἑρμηνέως λέγειν; Menand., Fgm. 210, 1 οὐθεὶς διʼ ἀνθρώπου θεὸς σῴζει … ἑτέρου τόν ἕτερον; Achilles Tat. 7, 1, 3 διʼ ἐκείνου μαθεῖν; Just., D. 75, 4 διὰ παρθένου γεννηθῆναι; PMert 5, 8 γεομετρηθῆναι διʼ αὐτοῦ) ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Mt 1:22; 2:15, 23; 4:14 al. (cp. Just., A I, 47, 5 διὰ Ἠσαίου τοῦ πρ.). γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν Lk 18:31; cp. Ac 2:22; 10:36; 15:12 al. διʼ ἀνθρώπου by human agency Gal 1:1. διὰ Μωϋσέως through Moses (Jos., Ant. 7, 338; Mel., P. 11, 77 διὰ χειρὸς Μωυσέως) J 1:17; under Moses’ leadership Hb 3:16. διʼ ἀγγέλων by means of divine messengers (TestJob 18:5 διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου; cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 136, but s. n. by RMarcus, Loeb ed., ad loc.) Gal 3:19; Hb 2:2. πέμψας διὰ τ. μαθητῶν εἶπεν sent and said through his disciples Mt 11:2f. Cp. the short ending of Mk. γράφειν διά τινος of the bearer IRo 10:1; IPhld 11:2; ISm 12:1, but also of pers. who had a greater or smaller part in drawing up some document (Dionys. of Cor. in Eus., HE 4, 23, 11) 1 Pt 5:12 (on the practice s. ERichards, The Secretary in the Letters of Paul ’91). In this case διά comes close to the mng. represented by (LWenger, D. Stellvertretung im Rechte d. Pap. 1906, 9ff; Dssm., LO 98 [LAE 123f]). So also κρίνει ὁ θεὸς διὰ Χρ. Ἰ. God judges, represented by Christ Jesus Ro 2:16. Christ as intermediary in the creation of the world J 1:3, 10; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16.—εὐχαριστεῖν τ. θεῷ διὰ Ἰ. Χρ. thank God through Jesus Christ Ro 1:8; 7:25; Col 3:17.—Occasionally the mediation becomes actual presence (references for this usage in BKeil, Anonymus Argentinensis 1902, p. 192, 1; 306 note) διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων in the presence of many witnesses 2 Ti 2:2 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 114, 31 διὰ θεοῦ μέσου=in the presence of God as mediator; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 187 τὸ διὰ μαρτύρων κλαίειν=weeping in the presence of witnesses).ⓑ with focus on the originator of an action (Hom. et al.; pap, LXX, EpArist)α. of human activity (PSI 354, 6 [254 B.C.] τὸν χόρτον τὸν συνηγμένον διʼ ἡμῶν=by us; 500, 5; 527, 12; 1 Esdr 6:13; 2 Macc 6:21; 4 Macc 1:11) 2 Cor 1:11 (where διὰ πολλῶν resumes ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων). ᾧ παρέλαβε κανόνι διὰ τῶν μακαρίων προφήτων καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου εὐαγγελίου AcPlCor 2:36.β. of divine activity:—of God (Aeschyl., Ag. 1485; Pla., Symp. 186e ἡ ἰατρικὴ πᾶσα διὰ τ. θεοῦ τούτου [Asclepius] κυβερνᾶται; Ael. Aristid., Sarap. [Or. 8 Dind.=45 Keil] 14 K. πάντα γὰρ πανταχοῦ διὰ σοῦ τε καὶ διὰ σὲ ἡμῖν γίγνεται; Zosimus in CALG p. 143 and a magic ring in introd. 133; EpArist 313) 1 Cor 1:9 διʼ οὗ ἐκλήθητε (v.l. ὑπό s. καλέω 4); Ro 11:36 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50; 347f); Hb 2:10b (s. B 2a, below; cp. Ar. 1:5 διʼ αὐτοῦ … τὰ πάντα συνέστηκεν).—Of Christ Ro 1:5; 5:9, 17f, 21; 8:37; 2 Cor 1:20 al. (ASchettler, D. paulin. Formel ‘durch Christus’ 1907; GJonker, De paulin. formule ‘door Christus’: ThSt 27, 1909, 173–208).—Of the Holy Spirit Ac 11:28; 21:4; Ro 5:5.⑤ At times διά w. gen. seems to have causal mng. (Rdm. 142; POxy 299, 2 [I A.D.] ἔδωκα αὐτῷ διὰ σοῦ=because of you; Achilles Tat. 3, 4, 5 διὰ τούτων=for this reason; in Eng. cp. Coleridge, Anc. Mariner 135–36: Every tongue thro’ utter drouth Was wither’d at the root, s. OED s.v. ‘through’ I B 8) διὰ τῆς σαρκός because of the resistance of the flesh Ro 8:3.—2 Cor 9:13.—On the use of διά w. gen. in Ro s. Schlaeger, La critique radicale de l’épître aux Rom.: Congr. d’ Hist. du Christ. II 111f.B. w. acc.① marker of extension through an area, through (Hom. and other early Gk. only in poetry, e.g. Pind. P. 9, 123 διʼ ὅμιλον ‘through the throng’; Hellenistic prose since Dionys. Hal. [JKäser, D. Präpositionen b. Dionys. Hal., diss. Erlangen 1915, 54]; ISyriaW 1866b τὸν πάτρωνα διὰ πάντα of the governor of a whole province) διήρχετο διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας Lk 17:11 (cp. SibOr 3, 316 ῥομφαία διελεύσεται διὰ μέσον σεῖο).② marker of someth. constituting causeⓐ the reason why someth. happens, results, exists: because of, for the sake of (do something for the sake of a divinity: UPZ 62, 2 [161 B.C.] διὰ τὸν Σάραπιν; JosAs 1:10 διʼ αὐτήν; ApcSed 3:3 διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον; Tat. 8:2 διὰ τὸν … Ἄττιν; Ath. 30, 1 διὰ τὴν Δερκετώ) hated because of the name Mt 10:22; persecution arises because of teaching 13:21; because of unbelief vs. 58; because of a tradition 15:3; διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον (the sabbath was designed) for people Mk 2:27; because of Herodias Mk 6:17 (cp. Just. D. 34, 8 διὰ γυναῖκα); because of a crowd Lk 5:19; 8:19 al; because of Judeans Ac 16:3. διὰ τὸν θόρυβον 21:34; because of rain 28:2. Juristically to indicate guilt: imprisoned for insurrection and murder Lk 23:25. διʼ ὑμᾶς on your account=through your fault Ro 2:24 (Is 52:5). διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν because of the passing over 3:25 (but s. WKümmel, ZTK 49, ’52, 164). διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα on account of transgressions 4:25a (cp. Is 53:5; PsSol 13:5); but διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν in the interest of justification vs. 25b; s. 8:10 for a sim. paired use of διὰ. διὰ τὴν χάριν on the basis of the grace 15:15. διʼ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκός because of a physical ailment (cp. POxy 726, 10f [II A.D.] οὐ δυνάμενος διʼ ἀσθένειαν πλεῦσαι. Cp. ἀσθένεια 1) Gal 4:13. διὰ τὸ θέλημα σου by your will Rv 4:11. διὰ τὸν χρόνον according to the time = by this time Hb 5:12 (Aelian, VH 3, 37 δ. τὸν χρ.=because of the particular time-situation).—W. words denoting emotions out of (Diod S 5, 59, 8 διὰ τὴν λύπην; 18, 25, 1 διὰ τὴν προπέτειαν=out of rashness; Appian, Celt. 1 §9 διʼ ἐλπίδα; 2 Macc 5:21; 7:20; 9:8; 3 Macc 5:32, 41; Tob 8:7): διὰ φθόνον out of envy Mt 27:18; Phil 1:15. διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους out of tender mercy Lk 1:78. διὰ τ. φόβον τινός out of fear of someone J 7:13. διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην out of the great love Eph 2:4. διὰ τ. πλεονεξίαν in their greediness B 10:4.—Of God as the ultimate goal or purpose of life, whereas διά w. gen. (s. A4bβ above) represents God as Creator, Hb 2:10a (s. Norden, op. cit.; PGM 13, 76 διὰ σὲ συνέστηκεν … ἡ γῆ). Cp. J 6:57 (s. Bultmann ad loc.) PtK 2.ⓑ in direct questions διὰ τί; why? (Hyperid. 3, 17; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 28; Ael. Aristid. 31 p. 597 D.; oft. LXX; TestJob 37:8; TestLevi 2:9; GrBar, Tat; Mel., Fgm. 8b, 42) mostly in an interrogative clause Mt 9:11, 14; 13:10; 15:2f; 17:19; 21:25; Mk 2:18; 11:31; Lk 5:30; 19:23, 31; 20:5; 24:38; J 7:45; 8:43, 46; 12:5; 13:37; Ac 5:3; 1 Cor 6:7; Rv 17:7. Simply διὰ τί; (Hyperid. 3, 23) Ro 9:32; 2 Cor 11:11. Also διατί (always in t.r. and often by Tdf.; TestJob 46:2) B 8:4, 6; Hm 2:5; Hs 5, 5, 5. Kvan Leeuwen Boomkamp, Τι et Διατι dans les évangiles: RevÉtGr 39, 1926, 327–31.—In real and supposed answers and inferences διὰ τοῦτο therefore (X., An. 1, 7, 3; 7, 19; oft. LXX; JosAs 7:7; Ar. 12, 2; Just., A I, 44, 5 al.; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac.) Mt 6:25; 12:27, 31; 13:13, 52; 14:2; 18:23; 21:43; 23:13 v.l.; 24:44; Mk 11:24; 12:24; Lk 11:19 al. Also διὰ ταῦτα (Epict.) Eph 5:6. διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι for this reason, (namely) that J 5:16, 18; 8:47; 10:17; 12:18, 39; 15:19; 1J 3:1. διὰ τοῦτο ἵνα for this reason, (in order) that (Lucian, Abdic. 1) J 1:31; 2 Cor 13:10; 1 Ti 1:16; Phlm 15. Also διὰ τοῦτο ὅπως Hb 9:15.ⓒ διά foll. by inf. or acc. w. inf., representing a causal clause, because (Gen 39:9; Dt 1:36; 1 Macc 6:53; GrBar 8:4; Demetr.: 722 fgm 1:1 al.) διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος because it had no depth Mt 13:5f; Mk 4:5f (διὰ τὸ μή w. inf.: X., Mem. 1, 3, 5; Hero Alex. I 348, 7; III 274, 19; Lucian, Hermot. 31); because lawlessness increases Mt 24:12; διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου Δ.. Lk 2:4; because it was built well 6:48 al. διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων because it was said by some Lk 9:7 (for the constr. cp. Herodian 7, 12, 7 διὰ τὸ τὰς ἐξόδους ὑπὸ τ. πυρὸς προκατειλῆφθαι=because the exit-routes were blocked by the fire).ⓓ instead of διά w. gen. to denote the efficient cause we may have διά, byα. w. acc. of thing (schol. on Pind., N. 4, 79a; 2 Macc 12:11; EpArist 77) διὰ τὸ αἷμα by the blood Rv 12:11. διὰ τὰ σημεῖα by the miracles 13:14.β. w. acc. of pers. and freq. as expr. of favorable divine action (Aristoph., Plut. 468; Dionys. Hal. 8, 33, 3, 1579 μέγας διὰ τ. θεούς ἐγενόμην; Ael. Aristid. 24, 1 K.=44 p. 824 D.: διʼ οὓς [= θεούς] ἐσώθην; SIG 1122; OGI 458, 40; PGM 13, 579 διῳκονομήθη τ. πάντα διὰ σέ; EpArist 292; Sir 15:11; 3 Macc 6:36: other exx. in SEitrem and AFridrichsen, E. christl. Amulett auf Pap. 1921, 24). ζῶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα J 6:57 (cp. PKöln VI, 245, 16 of Isis σὺ κυρεῖς τὰ πάντα, διὰ σὲ δʼ εἰσορῶ φαός ‘you are responsible for everything and thanks to you I can see light’). διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα by the one who subjected it Ro 8:20.—DELG. M-M. TW. -
46 χάρις
χάρις, ιτος, ἡ (Hom.+) acc. quite predom. χάριν, but χάριτα Ac 24:27; 25:9 v.l.; Jd 4 and pl. χάριτας Ac 24:27 v.l.; 1 Cl 23:1 (Eur., Hel. 1378; Hdt. 6, 41; X., Hell. 3, 5, 16; ins, pap; Zech 4:7; 6:14; EpArist 272, pl. 230.—B-D-F §47, 3; W-S. §9, 7; Mayser 271f; Thackeray 150; Helbing 40f; Mlt-H. 132.—It seems that χάρις is not always clearly differentiated in mng. fr. χαρά; Apollodorus [II B.C.]: 244 Fgm. 90 Jac. says in the second book περὶ θεῶν: κληθῆναι δὲ αὐτὰς ἀπὸ μὲν τ. χαρᾶς Χάριτας• καὶ γὰρ πολλάκις … οἱ ποιηταὶ τ. χάριν χαρὰν καλοῦσιν ‘the [deities] Charites are so called from χαρά [joy], for poets freq. equate χάρις with χαρά’. Cp. the wordplay AcPl Ha 8, 7 χαρᾶς καὶ χάριτος the house was filled with gaiety and gratitude.).① a winning quality or attractiveness that invites a favorable reaction, graciousness, attractiveness, charm, winsomeness (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 2, 231) of human form and appearance παῖς λίαν εὐειδής ἐν χάριτι an exceptionally fine-looking and winsome youth AcPl Ha 3, 13. Of speech (Demosth. 51, 9; Ps.-Demetr. [I A.D.], Eloc. §127; 133; 135 al.; Eccl 10:12; Sir 21:16; Jos., Ant. 18, 208) οἱ λόγοι τῆς χάριτος (gen. of quality) the gracious words Lk 4:22. ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι let your conversation always be winsome Col 4:6 (cp. Plut., Mor. 514f; s. also HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 121f; Epict. 3, 22, 90). τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ χάριτος ἐπληροῦτο MPol 12:1 can also be placed here in case χάρις means nothing more than graciousness (s. 4 below); prob. also GJs 7:3 (s. 3b).② a beneficent disposition toward someone, favor, grace, gracious care/help, goodwill (almost a t.t. in the reciprocity-oriented world dominated by Hellenic influence [cp. e.g. OGI 669, 29] as well as by the Semitic sense of social obligation expressed in the term חֶסֶד [NGlueck, Das Wort ḥesed in alttestamentlichen Sprachgebrauche etc. 1927]. Of a different order and spirit is the subset of reciprocity known as Roman patronage, in which superiority of the donor over the client is clearly maintained)ⓐ act., that which one grants to another, the action of one who volunteers to do someth. not otherwise obligatory χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ (cp. τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Κλαυδίου χάριτι OGI 669, 29) Ac 11:2 D; 14:26. τοῦ κυρίου 15:40.—Esp. of the beneficent intention of God (cp. χ. in reference to God: Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1005 σοὶ θεόθεν χάρις ἔσσεται; Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 40 χ. τῶν θεῶν; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 320 D.; 53 p. 620; Sextus 436b; likew. in LXX, Philo, Joseph.; SibOr 4, 46=189; 5, 330; Ezk. Trag. 162 [Eus., PE 9, 29, 12].—χ. to denote beneficent dispensations of the emperor: OGI 669, 44 [I A.D.]; BGU 19 I, 21 [II A.D.] χάρ. τοῦ θεοῦ Αὐτοκράτορος; 1085 II, 4) and of Christ, who give (undeserved) gifts to people; God: δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι Ro 3:24. Cp. 5:15a, 20f; 6:1; 11:5 (ἐκλογή 1), 6abc; Gal 1:15 (διά A 3e); Eph 1:6f (KKuhn, NTS 7, ’61, 337 [reff. to Qumran lit.]); 2:5, 7, 8; cp. Pol 1:3; 2 Th 1:12; 2:16; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 2:11 (ἡ χάρ. τοῦ θεοῦ σωτήριος; s. Dibelius, Hdb. exc. after Tit 2:14); 3:7; Hb 2:9 (χωρίς 2aα); 4:16a (DdeSilva, JBL 115, ’96, 100–103); 1 Cl 50:3; ISm 9:2; IPol 7:3. ἐν χάρ[ιτι θεοῦ] AcPl Ha 7, 23 (restoration uncertain). κατὰ χάριν as a favor, out of goodwill (cp. Pla., Leg. 740c; schol. on Soph., Oed. Col. 1751 p. 468 Papag.) Ro 4:4 (opp. κατὰ ὀφείλημα), 16.—The beneficence or favor of Christ: διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι Ac 15:11. Cp. Ro 5:15b; 2 Cor 8:9; 1 Ti 1:14; IPhld 8:1. On Ac 2:47 in this sense s. TAnderson, NTS 34, ’88, 604–10.ⓑ pass., that which one experiences fr. another (Arrian, Anab. Alex. 3, 26, 4) χάριν ἔχειν have favor 3J 4 v.l. πρός τινα with someone=win his respect Ac 2:47 (cp. 2a end; cp. Pind., O. 7, 89f χάριν καὶ ποτʼ ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων grant him respect in the presence of his townfolk as well as strangers); παρά τινι (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 89 §376) Hm 10, 3, 1, cp. 5, 1, 5. εὑρεῖν χάριν παρά τινι (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 77, end) Lk 1:30; Hs 5, 2, 10; ἐνώπιόν τινος Ac 7:46; GJs 11:2 (JosAs 15:14). ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσι μετανοεῖν among those who are about to repent Hm 12, 3, 3. Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:52 (an indication of exceptional ἀρετή, cp. Pind. above). Cp. Ac 4:33; 7:10 (ἐναντίον Φαραώ); Hb 4:16b.—ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; what credit is that to you? Lk 6:32–34; s. D 1:3; 2 Cl 13:4. Cp. 1 Cor 9:16 v.l. In these passages the mng. comes close to reward (s. Wetter [5 below] 209ff w. reff.).—Also by metonymy that which brings someone (God’s) favor or wins a favorable response fr. God 1 Pt 2:19, 20.ⓒ In Christian epistolary lit. fr. the time of Paul χάρις is found w. the sense (divine) favor in fixed formulas at the beginning and end of letters (Zahn on Gal 1:3; vDobschütz on 1 Th 1:1; ELohmeyer, ZNW 26, 1927, 158ff; APujol, De Salutat. Apost. ‘Gratia vobis et pax’: Verb. Dom. 12, ’32, 38–40; 76–82; WFoerster, TW II ’34, 409ff; Goodsp., Probs. 141f. S. also the lit. s.v. χαίρω 2b). At the beginning of a letter χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη (sc. εἴη; New Docs 8, 127f) Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:2; Phlm 3; Rv 1:4; without ὑμῖν Tit 1:4. χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 Pt 1:2; 2 Pt 1:2; 1 Cl ins. χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; 2J 3 (on the triplet cp. En 5:7 φῶς καὶ χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη).—At the end ἡ χάρις (τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ etc.) μεθʼ ὑμῶν (or μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν etc.) Ro 16:20, 23 (24) v.l.; 1 Cor 16:23; 2 Cor 13:13; Gal 6:18; Eph 6:24; Phil 4:23; Col 4:18; 1 Th 5:28; 2 Th 3:18; 1 Ti 6:21; 2 Ti 4:22; Tit 3:15; Phlm 25; Hb 13:25; Rv 22:21; 1 Cl 65:2. ἔσται ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων τῶν φοβουμένων τὸν Κύριον GJs 25:2. ὁ κύριος τῆς δόξης καὶ πάσης χάριτος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν B 21:9. χάρις ὑμῖν, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ὑπομονὴ διὰ παντός ISm 12:2. ἔρρωσθε ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ 13:2.③ practical application of goodwill, (a sign of) favor, gracious deed/gift, benefactionⓐ on the part of humans (X., Symp. 8, 36, Ages. 4, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 49 §213; Dionys. Hal. 2, 15, 4) χάριν (-ιτα) καταθέσθαι τινί (κατατίθημι 2) Ac 24:27; 25:9. αἰτεῖσθαι χάριν 25:3 (in these passages from Ac χ. suggests [political] favor, someth. one does for another within a reciprocity system. Cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 108 §506 ἐς χάριν Σύλλα=as a favor to Sulla; ApcSed 8:1 οὐκ ἐποίησάς μοι χάριν=you did me no favor). ἵνα δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε that you might have a second proof of my goodwill 2 Cor 1:15 (unless χάρις here means delight [so in poetry, Pind. et al., but also Pla., Isocr.; L-S-J-M s.v. χάρις IV; cp. also the quot. fr. Apollodorus at the beg. of the present entry, and the fact that χαρά is v.l. in 2 Cor 1:15]; in that case δευτέρα means double; but s. comm.). Of the collection for Jerusalem (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 42 §173 χάριτας λαμβάνειν=receive gifts) 1 Cor 16:3; 2 Cor 8:4, 6f, 19 (DdeSilva, JBL 115, ’96, 101). Cp. B 21:7.—Eph 4:29 may suggest a demonstration of human favor (cp. Plut., Mor. 514e χάριν παρασκευάζοντες ἀλλήλοις), but a ref. to the means by which divine grace is mediated is not to be ruled out (s. b below).ⓑ on the part of God and Christ; the context will show whether the emphasis is upon the possession of divine favor as a source of blessings for the believer, or upon a store of favor that is dispensed, or a favored status (i.e. standing in God’s favor) that is brought about, or a gracious deed wrought by God in Christ, or a gracious work that grows fr. more to more (so in contrast to the old covenant Mel., P. 3, 16 al.). God is called ὁ θεὸς πάσης χάριτος 1 Pt 5:10, i.e. God, who is noted for any conceivable benefit or favor; cp. B 21:9.—χάριν διδόναι τινί show favor to someone (Anacr. 110 Diehl; Appian, Ital. 5 §10): τὸν δόντα αὐτῷ τὴν χάριν GJs 14:2. ταπεινοῖς δίδωσι χάριν (Pr 3:34) Js 4:6b; 1 Pt 5:5; 1 Cl 30:2; without a dat. Js 4:6a (Menand., Epitr. 231 S. [55 Kö.]). Perh. καὶ ἔβαλλε κύριος … χάριν ἐπʼ αὐτήν GJs 7:3 (but s. 1 above). The Logos is πλήρης χάριτος J 1:14. Those who belong to him receive of the fullness of his grace, χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος vs. 16 (ἀντί 2). Cp. vs. 17. τὴν χάριν ταύτην ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν this favor (of God) we now enjoy Ro 5:2 (Goodsp.).—5:17; 1 Cor 1:4; 2 Cor 4:15 (divine beneficence in conversion); cp. Ac 11:23; 6:1; Gal 1:6 (by Christ’s gracious deed); 2:21; 5:4; Col 1:6; 2 Ti 2:1; Hb 12:15; 13:9; 1 Pt 1:10, 13; 3:7 (συνκληρονόμοι χάριτος ζωῆς fellow-heirs of the gift that spells life; s. ζωή 2bα); 5:12; 2 Pt 3:18; Jd 4; IPhld 11:1; ISm 6:2. Christians stand ὑπὸ χάριν under God’s gracious will as expressed in their release from legal constraint Ro 6:14f, or they come ὑπὸ τὸν ζυγὸν τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 16:17 (ζυγός 1). The proclamation of salvation is the message of divine beneficence τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 20:24 or ὁ λόγος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) 14:3; 20:32. Even the gospel message can be called ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ 13:43; cp. 18:27; MPol 2:3. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος the Spirit from or through whom (God’s) favor is shown Hb 10:29 (AArgyle, Grace and the Covenant: ET 60, ’48/49, 26f).—Pl. benefits, favors (Diod S 3, 2, 4; 3, 73, 6; Sb 8139, 4 [ins of I B.C.] of Isis; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 190) 1 Cl 23:1.—Nelson Glueck, Das Wort ḥesed etc. 1927, but s. FAndersen, ‘Yahweh, the Kind and Sensitive God’: God Who is Rich in Mercy, ed. PO’Brien/DPeterson ’86.④ exceptional effect produced by generosity, favor. Of effects produced by divine beneficence which go beyond those associated with a specific Christian’s status (ins μεγάλαι χάριτες τοῦ θεου: FCumont, Syria 7, 1926, 347ff), in the congregations of Macedonia 2 Cor 8:1 and Corinth 9:14; cp. vs. 8; in Rome AcPl Ha 7, 8. The Christian confessor is in full possession of divine grace ISm 11:1. Paul knows that through the χάρις of God he has been called to be an apostle, and that he has been fitted out w. the powers and capabilities requisite for this office fr. the same source: Ro 1:5; 12:3; 15:15; 1 Cor 3:10; 15:10ab (for the subject matter cp. Polyb. 12, 12b, 3 αὐτὸν [Alex. the Great] ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου τετευχέναι τούτων ὧν ἔτυχεν=whatever he has received he has received from what is divine. [For this reason he does not deserve any divine honors.]); 2 Cor 12:9; Gal 2:9; Eph 3:2, 7f; Phil 1:7.—The χάρις of God manifests itself in various χαρίσματα: Ro 12:6; Eph 4:7; 1 Pt 4:10. This brings into view a number of passages in which χάρις is evidently to be understood in a very concrete sense. It is hardly to be differentiated fr. δύναμις (θεοῦ) or fr. γνῶσις or δόξα (q.v. 1b. On this subj. s. Wetter [5 below] p. 94ff; esp. 130ff; pap in the GLumbroso Festschr. 1925, 212ff: χάρις, δύναμις, πνεῦμα w. essentially the same mng.; PGM 4, 2438; 3165; Herm. Wr. 1, 32; Just., D. 87, 5 ἀπὸ χάριτος τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ πνεύματος). οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ ἀλλʼ ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ 2 Cor 1:12. οὐκ ἐγὼ δὲ ἀλλὰ ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί 1 Cor 15:10c. αὐξάνετε ἐν χάριτι καὶ γνώσει τοῦ κυρίου 2 Pt 3:18; cp. 1 Cl 55:3; B 1:2 (τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάρις). Stephen is said to be πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως Ac 6:8. Divine power fills the Christian confessor or martyr w. a radiant glow MPol 12:1 (but s. 1 above). As the typical quality of the age to come, contrasted w. the κόσμος D 10:6.⑤ response to generosity or beneficence, thanks, gratitude (a fundamental component in the Gr-Rom. reciprocity system; exx. fr. later times: Diod S 11, 71, 4 [χάριτες=proofs of gratitude]; Appian, Syr. 3, 12; 13. Cp. Wetter [below] p. 206f) χάριν ἔχειν τινί be grateful to someone (Eur., Hec. 767; X., An. 2, 5, 14; Pla., Phlb. 54d; Ath. 2, 1; PLips 104, 14 [I B.C.] χάριν σοι ἔχω) foll. by ὅτι (Epict. 3, 5, 10; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 270; 2, 49) Lk 17:9 (ERiggenbach, NKZ 34, 1923, 439–43); mostly of gratitude to God or Christ; χάρις in our lit. as a whole, in the sense gratitude, refers to appropriate respone to the Deity for benefits conferred (Hom., Pind., Thu. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 208) χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ (POxy 113, 13 [II A.D.] χάριν ἔχω θεοῖς πᾶσιν.—Epict. 4, 7, 9) 2 Ti 1:3; foll. by ὅτι because 1 Ti 1:12 (Herm. Wr. 6, 4 κἀγὼ χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ …, ὅτι; Jos., Ant. 4, 316); χάριν ἔχειν ἐπί τινι be grateful for someth. Phlm 7 v.l. (to humans). ἔχωμεν χάριν let us be thankful (to God) Hb 12:28 (the reason for it is given by the preceding ptc. παραλαμβάνοντες). Elliptically (B-D-F §128, 6; cp. Rob. 1201f) χάρις (ἔστω) τῷ θεῷ (X., Oec. 8, 16 πολλὴ χάρις τοῖς θεοῖς; Epict. 4, 4, 7 χάρις τῷ θεῳ; BGU 843, 6 [I/II A.D.] χάρις τοῖς θεοῖς al. in pap since III B.C..—Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 309) Ro 7:25; MPol 3:1. Foll. by ὅτι (X., An. 3, 3, 14 τοῖς θεοῖς χάρις ὅτι; PFay 124, 16 τοῖς θεοῖς ἐστιν χάρις ὅτι; Epict. 4, 5, 9) Ro 6:17. Foll. by ἐπί τινι for someth. (UPZ 108, 30 [99 B.C.]) 2 Cor 9:15. The reason for the thanks is given in the ptc. agreeing w. τῷ θεῷ 2:14; 8:16; 1 Cor 15:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 6, 145; Philo, Somn. 2, 213). Thankfulness (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51 πρός τινα=toward someone) χάριτι in thankfulness 10:30. So prob. also ἐν τῇ χάριτι in a thankful spirit Col 3:16 (Dibelius, Hdb. ad loc.). πλησθῆναι χαρᾶς καὶ χάριτος AcPl Ha 8, 7. S. εὐχαριστέω, end. Also PSchubert, Form and Function of the Pauline Thanksgivings ’39.—OLoew, Χάρις, diss., Marburg 1908; GWetter, Charis 1913; AvHarnack, Sanftmut, Huld u. Demut in der alten Kirche: JKaftan Festschr. 1920, 113ff; NBonwetsch, Zur Geschichte des Begriffs Gnade in der alten Kirche: Harnack Festgabe 1921, 93–101; EBurton, Gal ICC 1921, 423f; WWhitley, The Doctrine of Grace ’32; JMoffatt, Grace in the NT ’31; RWinkler, D. Gnade im NT: ZST 10, ’33, 642–80; RHomann, D. Gnade in d. Syn. Ev.: ibid. 328–48; JWobbe, D. Charisgedanke b. Pls ’32; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 283–310 (Paul); HBoers, Ἀγάπη and Χάρις in Paul’s Thought: CBQ 59, ’97, 693–713; on 2 Cor 8: FDanker, Augsburg Comm. 2 Cor, 116–34; PRousselot, La Grâce d’après St. Jean et d’après St. Paul: SR 18, 1928, 87–108, Christent. u. Wissensch. 8, ’32, 402–30; JMontgomery, Hebrew Hesed and Gk. Charis: HTR 32, ’39, 97–102; Dodd 61f; TTorrance, The Doctrine of Grace in the Apost. Fathers, ’48; JRenié, Studia Anselmiana 27f, ’51, 340–50; CRSmith, The Bible Doctrine of Grace, ’56; EFlack, The Concept of Grace in Bibl. Thought: Bibl. Studies in Memory of HAlleman, ed. Myers, ’60, 137–54; DDoughty, NTS 19, ’73, 163–80.—B. 1166. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. -
47 ἐν
ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.② marker of a state or condition, inⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.④ marker of close association within a limit, inⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, whenⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW. -
48 ἴδε
ἴδε (on the accentuation s. εἶδον beg.) properly impv. of εἶδον, but stereotyped as a particle, and hence used when more than one pers. is addressed, and when that which is to be observed is in the nom. (B-D-F §144; this use of the impv. [LXX; Just., A I, 50, 3 for ἰδού Is 52:13] begins in Hom.; s. Kühner-G. I 84, 4) (you) see, mostly at the beginning of a sentence, but somet. in the middle (J 3:26). It serves① to point out someth. to which the speaker wishes to draw attention, look! see! (Gen 27:6; Sir 28:24) Mt 25:20, 22; Mk 2:24; 11:21; 13:1; J 5:14; 18:21; B 8:1; 12:10. ἴ. οὖν B 6:14; 15:7 v.l. W. indir. quest. foll. J 11:36; cp. 16:29; 19:4; Gal 5:2; B 12:11. For εἰ δέ Ro 2:17 v.l.; Js 3:3 v.l. (s. BMetzger, A Textual Commentary ’71, 507, 681f).W. εἰ foll. see whether Hm 11:18ab.② to introduce someth. unexpected, take notice J 3:26; 7:26; 11:3; 12:19.③ to indicate a place or individual, here is (are) (like French voici) ἴ. ὁ τόπος here is the place Mk 16:6. ἴ. ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου here are my mother and my brothers (or brothers and sisters? s. ἀδελφός 1; cp. ἴδε τὰ τέκνα σου PsSol 11:1) 3:34; cp. Mt 25:20, 22; Mk 11:21; J 1:29, 36, 47; 19:14, 26 s. GDalman, Jesus-Jeshua (tr. PLevertoff) 1929, 201–3. W. adv. of place ἴδε ὧδε … ἴ. ἐκεῖ here is … there is Mk 13:21.④ w. obvious loss of its fundamental mng. as in our colloquial speech, see! pay attention!ⓐ (schol. on Pla. 130c: Ἀλκιβιάδης, ἴδε, τί λέγει=‘hear’) ἴ. νῦν ἠκούσατε see, now you have heard=there, now you have heard Mt 26:65. ἴδε πόσα σου κατηγοροῦσιν see (listen to) how many charges they bring against you Mk 15:4; ἴ. Ἠλίαν φωνεῖ listen, he’s calling Elijah vs. 35. ἴδε, ὅτι ἄρα τότε καλῶς καταπαυόμενοι ἁγιάσομεν αὐτήν, ὅτε … pay attention (to what this means)! We shall only be able to sanctify (the sabbath) in true rest, when B 15:7.ⓑ simply here ἴ. ἔχεις τὸ σόν here, you have what is yours Mt 25:25. S. bibliog. s.v. ἰδού 2, esp. Fiedler; s. also ὁράω.—M-M. -
49 ἔχω
ἔχω (A), [ per.] 2sg. ἔχεισθα cj. in Thgn. 1316 ( ἔχοισθα cod.), ἔχῃσθα cj. in Sapph.21 ( ἔχεισθα cod.); [ per.] 2sg. subj.Aἔχῃσθα Il.19.180
: [tense] impf. εἶχον, [dialect] Ep.ἔχον Od.2.22
, al., [dialect] Ion. and poet.ἔχεσκον Il.13.257
, Hdt.6.12, Epigr.Gr.988.6 ([place name] Balbilla): [tense] fut. ἕξω, [dialect] Ep. inf.ἑξέμεναι Call.Aet.3.1.27
(of duration) or σχήσω (of momentary action, esp. in sense check, v. infr. A. 11.9, not found in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. or NT); [ per.] 2sg. codd.: [tense] aor. 1 ἔσχης α f.l.in Nonn.D.17.177, alsoἔσχα IG3.1363.6
, 14.1728, [ per.] 3pl. μετ-έσχαν ib.12(7).271.12 (Amorgos, iii A.D.): [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον, imper. , E.Hipp. 1353 (anap.) ( σχέ only in Orac. ap. Sch.E.Ph. 638 (dub.l.), sts. in compds. in codd., as , ); subj.σχῶ Il.21.309
, etc.; opt.σχοίην Isoc. 1.45
, in compds. σχοῖμι (asμετάσχοιμι S.OC 1484
(lyr.),κατάσχοιμεν Th.6.11
); [ per.] 3pl.σχοίησαν Hyp.Eux.32
,σχοῖεν Th.6.33
; inf.σχεῖν Il. 16.520
, etc., [dialect] Ep.σχέμεν 8.254
(in Alexandr. Gr. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. 2εἴχοσαν AP5.208
(Posidipp. or Asclep.), v.l. in Ev.Jo.15.22,ἔσχοσαν Scymn.695
): for the poet. form ἔσχεθον, v. Σχέθω: [tense] pf. , εἴσχηκα in Inscrr. of iii/i B.C., SIG679.54, etc.; [dialect] Ep. ὄχωκα is dub., v. συνόχωκα:—[voice] Med., [tense] impf.εἰχόμην Pi.P.4.244
, etc.: [tense] fut.ἕξομαι Il.9.102
, etc.; σχήσομαι ib. 235, Ar.Av. 1335, more freq. in compds. ( ἀνα-) A.Th. 252, ( παρα-) Lys.9.8, etc.: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. παρ-έσχημαι in med. sense, X.An.7.6.11, etc.: [tense] aor. 2ἐσχόμην Hom.
, Hdt.6.85, rare in [dialect] Att. exc. in compds.; imper.σχέο Il.21.379
,σχέσθε 22.416
, later σχοῦ in compds. ( ἀνά- ) E. lon947, etc.; inf.σχέσθαι Od.4.422
, Hes.Fr.79:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. [voice] Med. ἐν-έξομαι in pass. sense, E.Or. 516, D.51.11, laterσχεθήσομαι Gal.UP15.3
, freq. in compds. (συ- ) Phld.Ir.p.83 W., (ἐν- ) Plu.2.98 of, ( ἐπι-) S.E.P.1.186: [tense] aor. 1ἐσχέθην Arr.An.5.7.4
, 6.11.2, Aret.SA2.5, (κατ-, συν-) Plu.Sol. 21, Hp.Int. 45 vulg.: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. σχήσομαι in pass. sense, Il.9.235 (dub.), 655, 13.630: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med. in pass. sense,ἐσχόμην Il.17.696
, al., Hdt. 1.31 (σχέτο Il.7.248
, 21.345), part.σχόμενος Od.11.279
, prob. in Isoc.19.11, ( κατα-) Pi.P.1.10, Pl.Phdr. 244e, Parth.33.2 (s.v.l.): [tense] pf.ἔσχημαι Paus.4.21.2
; also in compds., freq. written - ίσχημαι, -ήσχημαι in codd. of late authors. (I.-E. seĝh- (cf. Skt. sáhate 'overpower', Goth. sigis 'victory', Gr. ἔχ- dissim. fr. ἔχ-), reduced form sĝh-(σχ-), whence redupl. ἴσχω ( = si-sĝh-o) (q.v.): cf. ἕκ-τωρ, ἕξω, ἕξις; but hέχ- IG12.374.161, al., is a mere error (ἔχ- ib.12.116.4, 16).)A Trans., have, hold:I possess, of property, the most common usage, Od.2.336, 16.386, etc.; οἵ τι ἔχοντες the propertied class, Hdt.6.22; ὁ ἔχων a wealthy man, S.Aj. 157 (anap.);οἱ ἔχοντες E.Alc.57
, Ar.Eq. 1295, Pl. 596; οἱ οὐκ ἔχοντες the poor, E.Supp. 240;κακὸν τὸ μὴ 'χειν Id.Ph. 405
; ἔχειν χρέα to have debts due to one, D. 36.41, cf. 37.12; to have received,θεῶν ἄπο κάλλος ἐ. h.Ven.77
;τι ἔκ τινος S.OC 1618
;παρά τινος Id.Aj. 663
;πρός τινος X.An.7.6.33
, etc.;ὑπὸ.. θεοῖσι h.Ap. 191
; πλέον, ἔλασσον ἔ.. (v. h. vv.): in [tense] aor., acquire, get, : also [tense] fut.σχήσω, δύναμιν Th.6.6
;λέχος E.Hel.30
, cf. Pi.P.9.116:—[voice] Pass., to be possessed,ἔντεα.. μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ἔχονται Il.18.130
, cf. 197.2 keep, have charge of,ἔχον πατρώϊα ἔργα Od. 2.22
;κῆπον 4.737
;Εἰλείθυιαι.. ὠδῖνας ἔχουσαι Il.11.271
;πύλαι.., ἃς ἔχον Ὧραι 5.749
, 8.393;τὰς ἀγέλας X.Cyr.7.3.7
; διαιτητῶν ἐχόντων τὰς δίκας having control of, D.47.45; to be engaged in, φυλακὰς ἔχον kept watch, Il.9.1, 471;σκοπιὴν ἔχεν Od.8.302
;ἀλαοσκοπιὴν εἶχε Il. 10.515
, 13.10; σκοπιὴν ἔ. τινός for a thing, Hdt.5.13;δυσμενῶν θήραν ἔχων S.Aj. 564
, etc.; ἐν χερσὶν ἔ. τι (v. χείρ).b metaph., of a patient, οὐκ ἔχει ἑωυτόν is not himself, Hp.Int.49.3 c. acc. loci, inhabit,οὐρανόν Il.21.267
;Ὄλυμπον 5.890
; haunt, [Νύμφαι] ἔχουσ' ὀρέων αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα Od.6.123
;Βρόμιος ἔχει τὸν χῶρον A.Eu.24
; esp. of tutelary gods and heroes, Th.2.74, X.Cyr.8.3.24; of men,πόλιν καὶ γαῖαν Od.6.177
, 195, etc.; Θήβας ἔσχον ( ἔσχεν codd.) ruled it, E.HF 4; ἔχεις γὰρ χῶρον occupiest it, S.OC37, cf. Od.23.46; in military sense, ἔ. τὸ δεξιόν (with or without κέρας) Th.3.107, X.An.2.1.15; of beasts,τὰ ὄρη ἔ. Id.Cyn.5.12
.4 have to wife or as husband (usu. without γυναῖκα, ἄνδρα), οὕνεκ' ἔχεις Ἑλένην καί σφιν γαμβρὸς Διός ἐσσι Od. 4.569
, cf.7.313, Il.3.53, etc.;ἔσχε ἄλλην ἀδελφεήν Hdt.3.31
, cf. Th.2.29;νυμφίον Call.Aet.3.1.27
; also of a lover, Th.6.54, AP5.185 (Posidipp.), etc.;ἔχω Λαΐδα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔχομαι Aristipp.
ap. D.L.2.75, cf. Ath. 12.544d:—in [voice] Pass.,τοῦ περ θυγάτηρ ἔχεθ' Ἕκτορι Il.6.398
.6 [tense] pres. part. with Verbs, almost, = with,ἤϊε ἔχων ταῦτα Hdt.3.128
, cf. 2.115;ὃς ἂν ἥκῃ ἔχων στρατόν Id.7.8
.δ', cf. X.Cyr.1.6.10.—Prose use.7 of Place, ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ ἔ. τι keep it on one's left, i.e. to keep to the right of it, Od.3.171;ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρὸς ἔ. 5.277
; ἐν δεξιᾷ, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔ., Th.3.106; τοὺς οἰκέτας ὑστάτους ἔ. X.Cyr.4.2.2: but in [tense] aor., get,περιπλώοντες τὴν Λιβύην τὸν ἥλιον ἔσχον ἐς τὰ δεξιά Hdt.4.42
.8 of Habits, States, or Conditions, bodily or mental,γῆρας λυγρὸν ἔ Od.24.250
;ἀνεκτὸν ἔχει κακόν 20.83
;ἕλκος Il.16.517
;λύσσαν 9.305
;μάχην ἔ. 14.57
;ἀρετῆς πέρι δῆριν ἔ. Od.24.515
; ὕβριν ἔ. indulge in.., 1.368, etc.; [ Ἀφροδίτην] 22.445; [φρένας] ἔ. Il.13.394
, etc.;βουλήν 2.344
;τλήμονα θυμόν 5.670
; , cf. Od.14.490 (for later senses of νοῦν ἔχειν, v. νοῦς); ἄλγεα Il.5.895
, etc.;ἄχεα θυμῷ 3.412
;πένθος μετὰ φρεσίν 24.105
;πένθος φρεσίν Od.7.219
;πόνον.. καὶ ὀϊζύν Il.13.2
, Od.8.529;οὐδὲν βίαιον Hdt.3.15
;πρήγματα ἔ. Id.7.147
, cf. Pl.Tht. 174b, etc.: in periphrastic phrases, ποθὴν ἔ. τινός, = ποθεῖν, Il.6.362; ἐπιδευὲς ἔ. τινός, = ἐπιδεύεσθαι, 19.180; ἔ. τέλος, = τελεῖσθαι, 18.378; κότον ἔ. τινί, = κοτεῖσθαι, 13.517;ἐπιθυμίαν τινός E.Andr. 1281
;φροντίδα τινός Id.Med. 1301
; ἡσυχίην ἔ. keep quiet, Hdt.2.45, etc. ([tense] fut.ἡσυχίαν ἕξειν D.47.29
, but οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως.. ἡ. σχήσει will not keep still for a moment, Id.1.14); αἰτίαν ἔ. to be accused, X.An.7.1.8;ὑπό τινος A.Eu.99
(but μομφὴν ἔ., = μέμφεσθαι, E.Or. 1069, A.Pr. 445): in [tense] aor., of entering upon a state, ἔσχεν χόλον conceived anger, B. 5.104; ἔχειν τι κατά τινος have something against somebody, Ev.Matt.5.23, Ev.Marc.11.25, Apoc.2.4;ἔχω τι πρός τινα Act.Ap.24.19
;ἔχειν πρός τινα 2 Ep.Cor.5.12
;ἕξει πρὸς τὸν Θεόν JRS14.85
([place name] Laodicea): —these phrases are freq. inverted,οὓς ἔχε γῆρας Il.18.515
;οὐδὲ Ποσειδάωνα γέλως ἔχε Od.8.344
;ἀμηχανίη δ' ἔχε θυμόν 9.295
;θάμβος δ' ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας Il.4.79
;σ' αὔτως κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἔχει 17.143
;Διὸς αἴσῃ, ἥ μ' ἕξει παρὰ νηυσί 9.609
(unless the antecedent is τιμῆς in 1.608);ὥς σφεας ἡσυχίη τῆς πολιορκίης ἔσχε Hdt.6.135
;ὄφρα με βίος ἔχῃ S.El. 225
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc.,φόβος μ' ἔχει φρένας A.Supp. 379
; also of external objects,αἴθρη ἔχει κορυφήν Od.12.76
;μιν ἔχεν μένος ἠελίοιο 10.160
;σε οἶνος ἔχει φρένας 18.331
; ἔχῃ βέλος ὀξὺ γυναῖκα, of a woman in travail, Il.11.269; λόγος ἔχει τινά c. inf., the story goes, that.., S.OC 1573 (lyr.); and so in later Gr., Plu.Dem.28, Ph. 1.331, Ael.VH3.14, NA5.42, Ath.13.592e;ὡς ἡ φάτις μιν ἔχει Hdt. 7.3
, cf. 5,26, 9.78 (but also ; [Κλεισθένης] λόγον ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι Id.5.66
); ὡς ἂν λόγος ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι .. Plu.Alex.38:—[voice] Pass.,ἔχεσθαι κακότητι καὶ ἄλγεσι Od.8.182
;κωκυτῷ καὶ οἰμωγῇ Il.22.409
;ὀργῇ Hdt.1.141
;νούσῳ Hp.Epid.5.6
;ἀγρυπνίῃσι Hdt.3.129
;ὑπὸ πυρετοῦ Hp.Aph.4.34
;ὑπὸ τοῦ ὕδρωπος Id.Prorrh.2.6
,ἐν ἀπόρῳ Th.1.25
;ἐν συμφοραῖς Pl.R. 395e
.9 possess mentally, understand,ἵππων δμῆσιν Il.17.476
; ;πάντ' ἔχεις λόγον A. Ag. 582
, cf. E.Alc.51;ἔχετε τὸ πρᾶγμα S.Ph. 789
; ἔχεις τι; do you understand? Ar.Nu. 733: imper. ἔχε attend! listen! Pl.Alc.1.109b; ἔ. οὖν ib. 129b: with imper., ;ἔ. νυν, ἄλειψον Id.Eq. 490
; ἔχεις τοῦτο ἰσχυρῶς; Pl.Tht. 154a; know of a thing,μαντικῆς ὁδόν S.OT 311
; τινὰ σωτηρίαν; E.Or. 778 (troch.).10 keep up, maintain, καναχὴν ἔχε made a rattling noise, Il.16.105, 794; βοὴν ἔχον, of flutes and lyres, 18.495.11 involve, admit of, , cf. Th.1.5;βάσανον Lys.12.31
;ταῦτ' ἀπιστίαν, ταῦτ' ὀργὴν ἔχει D.10.44
; ἀγανάκτησιν, κατάμεμψιν, Th.2.41;τὰ ἀόρατα νοσήματα δυσχερεστέραν ἔχει τὴν θεραπείαν Onos. 1.15
.12 of Measure or Value,τὸ Δαμαρέτειον.. εἶχε Ἀττικὰς δραχμὰς δέκα D.S.11.26
;ἔχει τὸ Εὐβοϊκὸν τάλαντον Ἀλεξανδρείους δραχμὰς ἑπτακισχιλίας App.Sic.2.2
;χοῖρος ἔχων τὸ ὕψος δύο καὶ ἡμίσους πήχεων Ptol.Euerg.9
.b Geom., ἡ ἔχουσα τὰ κέντρα the (straight line) containing the centres, Archim.Aequil.1.6; ὁ κύκλος ἔχων τὸ πολύγωνον the circle containing (circumscribing) the polygon, Id.Sph.Cyl.1.23.13 c. dupl.acc.,Ὀρφέα ἄνακτ' ἔχειν E.Hipp. 953
;Ζῆν' ἔχειν ἐπώμοτον S.Tr. 1188
;παιδιὰν ἔ. τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον Seleuc.
Alex. ap. Ath.4.155e.II hold:1 hold, ἔ. χερσίν, ἐν χερσίν, μετὰ χερσίν, etc., v. χείρ; μετὰ γαμφηλῇσιν ἔ. Il.13.200; πρόσθεν ἔ. ἀσπίδα ib. 157; ὑψοῦ, πασάων ὑπέρ, ὄπιθεν κάρη ἔ., 6.509, Od.6.107, Il. 23.136; ἔ. τινί τι to hold it for him, as his helper, 9.209, 13.600; uphold,οὐρανὸν.. κεφαλῇ τε καὶ ἀκαμάτῃσι χέρεσσι Hes.Th. 517
, 746; ἔχει δέ τε κίονας of Atlas, Od.1.53;ἐπ' ὤμων πατέρα S.Fr.
373.2 hold fast, χειρὸς ἔχων Μενέλαον holding him by the hand, Il.4.154, cf. 16.763, 11.488 (v. infr. C.I); ἔ. τινὰ μέσον grip one by the middle, of wrestlers, Ar.Nu. 1047;ἔχομαι μέσος Id.Ach. 571
, cf. Eq. 388, Ra. 469: metaph., ἔ. φρεσί keep in one's mind, Il.2.33;νῷ ἔ. τινά Pl.Euthphr.2b
, cf. R. 490a.3 of arms and clothes, bear, wear,εἷμα δ' ἔχ' ἀμφ' ὤμοισι Il.18.538
, cf. 595;παρδαλέην ὤμοισιν ἔ. 3.17
;σάκος ὤμῳ 14.376
;κυνέην κεφαλῇ Od.24.231
;τάδε εἵματ' ἔχω 17.24
, cf. 573, etc.;στολὴν ἀμφὶ σῶμα E.Hel. 554
, cf. X.Cyr.1.4.26, etc.; πολιὰς ἔχω I am grey-haired, Aeschin.1.49: abs., as a category, Arist.Cat. 2a3.4 of a woman, to be pregnant, Hdt.5.41, Hp.Epid.4.21, Arist.Pol. 1335b18; in fullἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. Hdt.3.32
; alsoπρὸς ἑωυτῇ ἔχειν Hp.Epid.1.26
.ιγ.b παῖδα ἔσχεν she had, i.e. bore, a child, Nic.Dam.11 J.7 enclose,φρένες ἧπαρ ἔχουσι Od.9.301
;σάρκας τε καὶ ὀστέα ἶνες ἔ. 11.219
;τοὺς δ' ἄκραντος ἔχει νύξ A.Ch.65
(lyr.); of places, contain,θηρῶν οὓς ὅδ' ἔχει χῶρος S.Ph. 1147
(lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.5.4; [τεῖχος] νῆας ἐντὸς ἔχον Il.12.8
;ὅσσους Κρήτη ἐντὸς ἔχει h.Ap.30
.8 hold or keep in a certain direction, ὀϊστὸν ἔχε aimed it, Il.23.871; more fullyχεῖράς τε καὶ ἔγχεα.. ἀντίον ἀλλήλων 5.569
; of horses or ships, guide, drive, steer, , cf. 11.760;φόβονδε 8.139
;τῇ ῥα.. ἔχον ἵππους 5.752
, etc.;παρὲξ ἔχε δίφρον Hes.Sc. 352
;ὅπῃ ἔσχες.. εὐεργέα νῆα Od.9.279
;παρὰ τὴν ἤπειρον ἔ. νέας Hdt.6.95
, etc.: abs., τῇ ῥ' ἔχε that way he held his course, Il.16.378, cf. 23.422; Πύλονδ' ἔχον I held on to Pylos, Od.3.182, cf. S.El. 720: metaph.,ἐπὶ ῥητορείαν ἔσχε Hsch.Mil.
(?)ap.Sch.Pl.R. 600c; also (esp. in [tense] fut. σχήσω, [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον), put in, land,νέες ἔσχον ἐς τὴν Ἀργολίδα χώρην Hdt. 6.92
;σχεῖν πρὸς τὴν Σαλαμῖνα Id.8.40
; ἐς Φειάν, τῷ Δήλῳ, κατὰ τὸ Ποσειδώνιον, Th.2.25,3.29, 4.129;τάχ' οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε S.Ph. 305
; ποῖ σχήσειν δοκεῖς; Ar.Ra. 188; ἔχε.. ἀρὰν ἐπ' ἄλλοις point it against others, S.Ph. 1119 (lyr.); ὄμμ' ἔ. to turn or keep one's eye fixed, Id.Aj. 191 (lyr.);ἐπὶ ἔργῳ θυμὸν ἔ. Hes.Op. 445
;ἄλλοσ' ὄμμα θητέρᾳ δὲ νοῦν ἔ. S.Tr. 272
;τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐκεῖσ' ἔχει E.Ph. 360
; δεῦρο νοῦν ἔχε attend to this, Id.Or. 1181; πρός τινα or πρός τι τὸν νοῦν ἔ., Th.3.22, 7.19; soπρός τινα τὴν γνώμην ἔ. Id.3.25
.9 hold in, stay, keep back,ἵππους Il.4.302
, 16.712; check, stop, [ τινα] 23.720, etc. ( σχήσω is usu. [tense] fut. in this sense, , cf. Il.11.820, Ar.Lys. 284, D.19.272, butἕξω Il.13.51
); χεῖρας ἔχων Ἀχιλῆος holding his hands, 18.33; but οὐ σχήσει χεῖρας will not stay his hands, Od.22.70; ἔ. [δάκρυον] 16.191; ἔ. ὀδύνας allay, assuage them, Il.11.848;ἔσχε κῦμα Od.5.451
;σιγῇ μῦθον 19.502
(soεἶχε σιγῇ καὶ ἔφραζε οὐδενί Hdt.9.93
);ἐν φρεσὶ μῦθον Od.15.445
; στόμα σῖγα, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ, E.Hipp. 660, Fr.773.61 (lyr.); ; πόδα ἔξω or ἐκτός τινος ἔχειν, v. πούς:—[voice] Pass.,οὖρα σχεθέντα Aret.SA 2.5
.10 keep away from, c. gen.rei, τινὰ ἀγοράων, νεῶν, Il.2.275, 13.687; ; : c.inf.,ἦ τινα.. σχήσω ἀμυνέμεναι Il.17.182
; stop, hinder from doing,τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι X. An.3.5.11
, cf. HG4.8.5;ἔσχον μὴ κτανεῖν E.Andr. 686
, cf. Hdt.1.158, etc.;μὴ οὐ τάδ' ἐξειπεῖν E.Hipp. 658
; ὥστε μή .. X.An.3.5.11;τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu. 691
, cf. Hdt.5.101: also c. part.,ἔ. τινὰ βουθυτοῦντα S.OC 888
(troch.); .11 keep back, withhold a thing,ὅς οἱ χρήματα εἶχε βίῃ Od.15.231
, cf. D.30.14;Ἕκτορ' ἔχει.. οὐδ' ἀπέλυσεν Il.24.115
, cf. 136; αὐτὸς ἔχε pray keep it, a civil form of declining, E.Cyc. 270.13 with predicate, keep in a condition or place,εἶχον ἀτρέμας σφέας αὐτούς Hdt.9.54
, cf. 53, Ar.Th. 230;ἔ. ἑωυτοὺς κατ' οἴκους Hdt.3.79
;σαυτὸν ἐκποδών A.Pr. 346
, cf. X.Cyr.6.1.37;σῖγα νάπη φύλλ' εἶχε E.Ba. 1085
;τοὺς στρατιώτας πολὺν χρόνον πειθομένους ἔ. X.Cyr.7.2.11
.14 hold, consider,τινὰ θέᾳ ἰκέλαν Sapph. Supp.25.3
(dub.), cf. E.Supp. 164;τινὰ ὡς προφήτην Ev.Matt.14.5
;τινὰ ὅτι προφήτης ἦν Ev.Marc.11.32
;ἔχε με παρῃτημένον Ev.Luc.14.18
, cf.POxy.292.6 (i A.D.).III c.inf., have means or power to do, to be able, c. [tense] aor. inf., Il.7.217, 16.110, etc.: c. [tense] pres. inf., Od.18.364, etc.;πόλλ' ἂν λέγειν ἔχοιμι S.Ph. 1047
: sts. with inf. omitted or supplied from context, ἀλλ' οὔ πως ἔτι εἶχε he could not, Il.17.354; οἷά κ' ἔχωμεν so far as we be able, Od.15.281;ἐξ οἵων ἔχω S.El. 1379
;ὅσον εἶχες E.IA 1452
; .b have to face, be obliged,παθεῖν Porph. Chr.63
;εἰ ἕξω βλαβῆναι Astramps.Orac.p.5
H.;βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι Ev.Luc.12.50
.2 after Hom., οὐκ ἔχω, folld. by a dependent clause, I know not..,οὐκ εἶχον τίς ἂν γενοίμαν A.Pr. 905
, cf. Isoc.12.130;οὐδ' ἔχω πῶς με χρὴ.. ἀφανίσαι S.OC 1710
;οὐκ ἔχων ὅ τι χρὴ λέγειν X.Cyr.1.4.24
;οὐκ ἔχω ποῖ πέσω S.Tr. 705
;ὅπως μολούμεθ' οὐκ ἔχω Id.OC 1743
; the two constructions combined,οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν οὔτ' ἀντιφωνεῖν οὔθ' ὅπως.. πράξαιμεν Id.Ant. 270
.IV impers. c. acc., there is.. (as in Mod. Gr.),ἔχει δὲ φυλακτήριον πρὸς τὸ μή σε καταπεσεῖν PMag.Par.1.2505
, cf. 1262, 1840.B intrans., hold oneself, i.e. keep, so and so, ἔχον [οὕτως], ὥς τε τάλαντα γυνή (sc. ἔχει) kept balanced, like the scales which.., Il.12.433; ἕξω δ' ὡς ὅτε τις στερεὴ λίθος I will keep unmoved, as a stone.., Od.19.494, cf. Il.13.679, 24.27;νωλεμέως ἐχέμεν 5.492
; ἔγχος ἔχ' ἀτρέμας it kept still, 13.557; σχὲς οὗπερ εἶ keep where thou art, S.OC 1169;ἕξειν κατὰ χώραν Ar.Ra. 793
, cf. Hdt.6.42, X.Oec.10.10; διὰ φυλακῆς ἔχοντες to keep on their guard, Th.2.81; ἔχε ἠρέμα keep still, Pl.Cra. 399e, etc.; ἔχε δή stay now, Id.Prt. 349e, Grg. 460a, etc.;ἔχ' αὐτοῦ D.45.26
.64 with Preps., to be engaged or busy, (lyr.), X.An.5.2.26, etc.;περί τινας Id.HG7.4.28
.II simply, be,ἑκὰς εἶχον Od.12.435
;ἔ. κατ' οἴκους Hdt.6.39
;περὶ πολλῶν ἔ. πρηγμάτων Id.3.128
; ἀγῶνα διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχοντα consisting in.., Id.2.91;ἔ. ἐν ἀνάγκαισι E.Ba. 88
(lyr.);ὅπου συμφορᾶς ἔχεις Id.El. 238
;ἐκποδὼν ἔχειν Id.IT 1226
, etc.2 freq. with Advbs. of manner,εὖ ἔχει Od.24.245
, etc.; καλῶς ἔχει, κακῶς ἔχει, it is, is going on well or ill, v. καλός, κακός (but [tense] fut. σχήσειν καλῶς will turn out well, D.1.9, cf. 18.45; ); οὕτως.. σχεῖν to turn out, happen thus, Pl.Ap. 39b; οὕτως ἔχει so the case stands, Ar.Pl. 110; οὕτως ἐχόντων, Lat. cum res ita se habeant, X.An.3.2.10;ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων S.Aj. 981
;οὕτω χρὴ διὰ στέρνων ἔχειν Id.Ant. 639
;οὕτως ἔ. περί τινος X.Mem.4.8.7
, cf. Hdt.6.16;πρός τι D. 9.45
;τῇδ' ἔ. S.Ph. 1336
;κοσμίως ἔ. Ar.Th. 854
;ἥδιον ἔ. πρός τινας D.9.63
; ὡς εἶχε just as he was, Hdt.1.114;ὥσπερ εἶχε Th.1.134
, X. HG4.1.30; ὡς ἔχω how I am, Ar.Lys. 610;ὥσπερ ἔχομεν Th.3.30
;τἀναντία εἶχεν D.9.41
; ἀσφαλέως, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει, = ἀσφαλές, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι, Hdt.1.86,9.27; καλῶς ἔχει no, I thank you, v. καλός.b c. gen. modi, εὖ ἔ. τινός to be well off for a thing, abound in it; καλῶς ἔ. μέθης to be well off for drink, i.e. to be pretty well drunk, Hdt. 5.20; σπόρου ἀνακῶς ἐ. to be busy with sowing, Id.8.109; εὖ ἐ. φρενῶν, σώματος, E.Hipp. 462, Pl.R. 404d;εὖ ὥρας ἔχον χωρίον Poll.5.108
; cf. ἥκω; so ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον as fast as they could go, Hdt.6.116, 9.59;ὡς τάχεος εἶχε ἕκαστος Id.8.107
;ὡς.. τις εὐνοίας ἢ μνήμης ἔχοι Th.1.22
;ὡς ὀργῆς ἔχω S.OT 345
, cf. E.Hel. 313, 857, etc.; πῶς ἔχεις δόξης; Pl.R. 456d;οὕτω τρόπου ἔχεις X.Cyr.7.5.56
;μετρίως ἔ. βίου Hdt.1.32
;ὑγιεινῶς ἔ. αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ καὶ σωφρόνως Pl.R. 571d
;οὐκ εὖ σεαυτοῦ τυγχάνεις ἔχων Philem.4.11
: also c. acc.,εὖ ἔ. τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν Pl.Grg. 464a
, cf. X.Oec.21.7: c. dat.,οὕτως ἐχόντων τούτων τῇ φύσει D.18.315
;πῶς ἔχετε ταῖς διανοίαις Lycurg.75
;τῇ λέξει κακῶς ἔ. Isoc.9.10
.3 lead towards,ὁδοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἔ. Hdt.1.180
, cf. 191, 2.17; ἔ. εἴς τι to be directed, point towards,ἔχθρης ἐχούσης ἐς Ἀθηναίους Id.5.81
; τὸ ἐς τοὺς Ἀργείους ἔχον what concerns them, Id.6.19; ταῦτα ἐς τὴν ἀπόστασιν ἔχοντα ib.2, etc.; of Place, extend, reach to,ἐπ' ὅσον ἔποψις τοῦ ἱροῦ εἶχε Id.1.64
.IV after Hom., ἔχω as auxiliary, c. [tense] aor. part. giving a perfect sense,κρύψαντες ἔχουσι Hes.Op.42
;ἀποκληΐσας ἔχεις Hdt.1.37
;ἐγκλῄσασ' ἔχει Ar.Ec. 355
, cf. Th. 706; freq. in S.,θαυμάσας ἔχω OC 1140
, cf. Ant.22, al.: also in late Prose,ἀναλώσας ἔχεις Aristid. Or.18(20).1
;ὅς σφε νῦν ἀτιμάσας ἔχει E.Med.33
: less freq. c. [tense] pf. part., S.OT 701, Ph. 600, X.An.1.3.14,4.7.1: rarely c. [tense] pres. part., (lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.10.11.2 part. ἔχων, with [tense] pres., adds a notion of duration to that of present action, τί κυπτάζεις ἔ.; why do you keep poking about there? Ar.Nu. 509; τί δῆτα διατρίβεις ἔ.; why then keep wasting time? Id.Ec. 1151; τί γὰρ ἕστηκ' ἔ.; ib. 853, cf. Th. 473, 852: without interrog., φλυαρεῖς ἔ., ἔ. φλυαρεῖς, you keep chattering, Pl.Grg. 490e, Euthd. 295c;κακοῦν ἔχοντ' αὐτὸν ἀποκτιννύναι D.23.35
(and so possiblyἐνεργεῖ ἔ. Arist.Metaph. 1072b23
);παίσδεις ἔ. Theoc.14.8
: so in later Prose,παίζεις ἔ. Luc. Icar.24
; but ῥιπτεῖς ἔ.; do you throw away the prize when it is in your grasp? Aristid.1.443 J.C [voice] Med., hold oneself fast, cling closely,τῷ προσφὺς ἐχόμην Od. 12.433
, cf. Il.1.513, etc.;πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν Od.5.329
: mostly c. gen., hold on by, cling to, [ πέτρης] ib. 429;χερσὶν ἀώτου 9.435
;βρετέων A. Th.98
(lyr.);ἑξόμεσθάσου Ar.Pl. 101
; τῆς πληγῆς ἔχ εται claps his hand on the place struck, D.4.40.2 metaph., cleave, cling to,ἔργου Hdt. 8.11
, X.HG7.2.19; (iii A.D.);τῶν πραγμάτων Jul. Or.1.19a
; βιοτᾶς, ἐλπίδος, E. Ion 491, Fr. 409;τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης Th.1.140
; lay hold on, take advantage of,τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο Thgn.32
;προφάσιος ἔχεσθαι Hdt.6.94
; fasten upon, attack, D.18.79; lay claim to,ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐπωνυμιέων Hdt.2.17
; to be zealous for, [ μάχης] S.OC 424; ;κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας X.An.6.3.17
, etc.3 come next to, follow closely, ib.1.8.4;ἕπεσθαι ἐχομένους ὅτι μάλιστα τῶν ἁρμάτων Id.Cyr.7.1.9
; of peoples or places, to be close, border on, c. gen., Hdt.4.169, Th.2.96, etc.; freq. in part., τὴν ἐχομένην [τῶν νεωρίων] στοάν Aen. Tact.11.3; οἱ ἐ. the neighbouring people, Hdt.1.134; ὁ ἐχόμενος the next man, Aen.Tact.22.27; of Time, τὸ ἐχόμενον ἔτος the next year, Th.6.3;ὁ ἐ. διαλογισμός PRev.Laws 16.15
(iii B.C.); τὰ ἐχόμενα τούτοις what follows, Pl.Grg. 494e (withoutτούτοις Isoc.6.29
).5 pertain to,ὅσα ἔχεται τῶν αἰσθήσεων Pl.Lg. 661b
;ἃ διδασκάλων εἴχετο Id.Prt. 319e
;ὅσα τέχνης ἔχεται Id.Men. 94b
, etc.: esp. in Hdt. in periphrases, τὰ τῶν ὀνειράτων, καρπῶν ἐχόμενα, 1.120, 193;ὀρνίθων ἢ ἰχθύων 2.77
; σιτίων, ἐσθῆτος, 3.25,66.II bear or hold for oneself, κρήδεμνα ἄντα παρειάων σχομένη before her cheeks, Od.1.334; ἀσπίδα πρόσθ' ἔσχετο his shield, Il.12.294, cf. 298, 20.262.IV keep oneself back, abstain or refrain from, ἀϋτῆς, μάχης, 2.98, 3.84;βίης Od.4.422
;ἐχώμεθα δηϊοτῆτος ἐκ βελέων Il.14.129
;τῆς ἀγωγῆς Hdt.6.85
;τῆς τιμωρίης Id.7.169
;τῶν ἀθίκτων S.OT 891
(lyr., s.v.l.): c.inf., A.R.1.328; ; κακῶν ἄπο χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι to keep one's hands from ill, Od.22.316;Μενέλεω σχέσθαι χέρα E.Rh. 174
: abs., σχέο, σχέσθε, hold! cease! Il.21.379, 22.416.V [voice] Pass. ofἔχω B. 1
, ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἀκμῆς ἔχεται ἡμῖν τὰ πρήγματα are balanced on.., Hdt.6.11.------------------------------------ἔχω (B), -
50 μόλυβδος
Grammatical information: m.Meaning: `lead' (IA.)Other forms: μόλιβος (Λ 237, also hell. prose), also μόλυβος (LXX), μόλιβδος (Plu.), βόλυβδος (Att. defixion-tablet), βόλιμος (Delph., Epid.), βόλιβος (Rhod. in περι-βολιβῶσαι)Dialectal forms: Myc. moriwodo.Compounds: Compp., e.g. μολυβδο-χοέω `melt lead, soldier with lead' (Ar., inscr.).Derivatives: A. Subst.: μολύβδ-αινα f. `weight of lead, plummet, ball of lead.' (Ω 80, Hp., Arist.), `a plant, Plumbago europaea' (Plin.; Strömberg Pflanzennamen 26); as ἄκαινα a.o. (Schwyzer 475, Chantraine Form. 109); - ίς f. `id.' (Att., hell.); - ιον n. `lead weight' (Hp.), μολίβ-ιον n. `leaden pipe' (Antyll. ap. Orib.), - ίδιον (Hero); μολυβδ-ῖτις f. `lead-sand' (Dsc., Plin.; Redard 57 f.); - ωμα `lead-work' (Moschio ap.Ath.); μολυβᾶς, - ᾶτος m. `leadworker' (pap.). -- B. Adj.: μολύβδ-ινος ( μολίβ-) `of lead' (IA, Paul. Aeg.), - οῦς ( μολιβ-, μολυβ-) `id.' (Att., hell.); - ώδης `lead-like' (Dsc., Gal.), - ικός `of lead' (gloss.), μολυβ-ρόν τὸ μολυβοειδές H. -- C. Verbs: μολυβδόομαι ( μολιβ-) `be fitted out with lead weights etc.' (Arist.) with - ωσις (gloss.); περι-βολιβῶσαι `frame with lead' (Rhod.); μολυβδ-ιάω `have the colour of lead' of the face, as symptom of disease (Com. Adesp.). -- Here also μολβίς στάθ-μιόν τι ἑπταμναῖον H. with loss of an inner ι or υ (Solmsen Wortforsch. 60 n. 2).Etymology: Because of its variants the word was generally considered an Anatalian loan. βολιμος will be due to metathesis, βολιβος to assimilation in this form. The oldest forms are clearly μόλιβος and μόλυβδος. It is known that - ιβ- occurred against - υβδ-. Beside μόλυβδος and μόλιβος (- υ-) we have now Myc. \/moliwdos\/; μολιβδος is now also found in Olbia about 500 B.C. The Mycenaean form can easily be the oldest: i changed to u before w(d). -- Connection with Lat. plumbum cannot be explained. The word can also not come from the West, as lead was much older in Greece. Nor can Bask. berún `lead' be connected with Myc. moliwdos. - The word has been compared with Lydian marivda-, of which we now know that it meant `dark' (as in E. murk(y)); its Hitt. equivalant is mark(u)waya-; it would be an IE word from the root * mergʷ-, * morgʷiyo- giving * marwida-, which may have become * marwda- with syncope, which again might have become * marwida- by anaptyxis; for lead as `dark' cf. Lat. plumbum nigrum. Thus Melchert in Hittites, Greeks and their neighborrs in Ancient Anatolia, ed. Bachvarova, Collins and Rutherford (2005?).Page in Frisk: 2,251-252Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > μόλυβδος
-
51 εὑρίσκω
εὑρίσκω (s. prec. entry; Hom.+) impf. εὕρισκον (also ηὕρισκον Ex 15:22; Da 6:5 LXX; Mel., P. [consistently]); fut. εὑρήσω; 2 aor. εὗρον, and mixed forms 1 pl. εὕραμεν (BGU 1095, 10 [57 A.D.]; Sb 6222, 12 [III A.D.]) Lk 23:2, 3 pl. εὕροσαν LXX,-ωσαν GJs 24:3 (s. deStrycker p. 247), εὕρησαν 10:1 (s. deStrycker p. 245); pf. εὕρηκα. Mid. 2 aor. εὑράμην Hb 9:12 (B-D-F §81, 3; s. Mlt-H. 208). Pass.: pres. εὑρίσκομαι; impf. 3 sg. ηὑρίσκετο; 1 fut. εὑρεθήσομαι (W-S. §15 s.v.); 1 aor. εὑρέθην (also ηὑ-LXX); perf. εὕρημαι LXX.① to come upon someth. either through purposeful search or accidentally, findⓐ after seeking, find, discover, come upon, abs. (opp. ζητεῖν, Pla., Gorg. 59 p. 503d; Epict. 4, 1, 51 ζήτει καὶ εὑρήσεις; PTebt 278, 30 [I A.D.] ζήτῶι καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκωι) Mt 7:7f; Lk 11:9f; Ox 654 (=ASyn. 247, 20) preface 5 (restored Fitzmyer); GHb 70, 17; τινὰ ζητεῖν κ. εὑ. (3 Km 1:3) 2 Ti 1:17. τινὰ or τὶ ζητεῖν κ. οὐχ εὑ. (PGiss 21, 5; Sextus 28; 4 Km 2:17; 2 Esdr 17:64; Ps 9:36; Pr 1:28; SSol 5:6; Ezk 22:30; TestJob 40:7 ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὴν καὶ μὴ εὑρών) Mt 12:43; 26:60; Mk 14:55; Lk 11:24; 13:6f; J 7:34, 36; Rv 9:6. εὑ. τινά Mk 1:37; Lk 2:45; 2 Cor 2:13. τὶ Mt 7:14; 13:46; 18:13; Lk 24:3. νομήν pasture J 10:9 (cp. La 1:6); Ac 7:11; σπήλαιον GJs 18:1; τὸ πτῶμα 24:3. The obj. acc. can be supplied fr. the context Mt 2:8; Ac 11:26; GJs 21:2 (not pap). W. the place given ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ Ac 5:22. πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης J 6:25. Pass. w. neg. εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῆς ζωῆς γεγραμμένος if anyone(’s name) was not found written in the book of life Rv 20:15 (cp. PHib 48, 6 [255 B.C.] οὐ γὰρ εὑρίσκω ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις; 2 Esdr 18:14). The pass. w. neg. can also mean: no longer to be found, despite a thorough search= disappear (PRein 11, 11 [III B.C.]) of Enoch οὐχ ηὑρίσκετο Hb 11:5 (Gen 5:24). ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν Rv 16:20; cp. 18:21. The addition of the neg., which is actually found in the Sahidic version, would clear up the best-attested and difficult rdg. of 2 Pt 3:10 καὶ γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται; other proposals in Nestle. See also Danker 2 below.ⓑ accidentally, without seeking find, come upon τινά someone (PGen 54, 31 εὑρήκαμεν τὸν πραιπόσιτον; Gen 4:14f; 18:28ff; 1 Km 10:2; 3 Km 19:19; Sir 12:17; TestSol 18:21; Just., A II, 11, 3) Mt 18:28; 27:32; J 1:41a (Diog. L. 1, 109 τὸν ἀδελφὸν εὑρών=he came upon his brother), 43, 45; 5:14; 9:35; Ac 13:6; 18:2; 19:1; 28:14. Foll. by ἐν w. dat. to designate the place (3 Km 11:29; 2 Ch 21:17; 1 Macc 2:46; Herodian 3, 8, 6) Mt 8:10; Lk 7:9; J 2:14; τὶ someth. (Gen 11:2; 26:19; Judg 15:15; 4 Km 4:39 al.; Just., D. 86, 5) Mt 13:44 (Biogr. p. 324 εὑρὼν θησαυρόν); 17:27; Lk 4:17; J 12:14 (Phot., Bibl. 94 p. 74b on Iambl. Erot. [Hercher I 222, 38] εὑρόντες ὄνους δύο ἐπέβησαν); Ac 17:23. Pass. be found, find oneself, be (Dt 20:11; 4 Km 14:14; 1 Esdr 1:19; 8:13; Bar 1:7; TestSol 7:6; GrBar 4:11) Φ. εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον Philip found himself or was present at Azotus Ac 8:40 (cp. Esth 1:5 τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν εἰς τ. πόλιν; also s. 4 Km 2), on the other hand, a Semitic phrase … אֱשְׁתַּכַּח בְּ=to arrive in, or at, may underlie the expr. here and in εὑρεθῆναι εἰς τ. βασιλείαν Hs 9, 13, 2 (s. MBlack, Aramaic Studies and the NT, JTS 49, ’48, 164). οὐδὲ τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ there was no longer any place for them in heaven Rv 12:8 (s. Da 2:35 Theod.); cp. 18:22, 24. οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τ. στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Pt 2:22; 1 Cl 16:10 (both Is 53:9); cp. Rv 14:5 (cp. Zeph 3:13). ἵνα εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ (i.e. Χριστῷ) that I might be found in Christ Phil 3:9 (JMoffatt, ET 24, 1913, 46).ⓒ w. acc. and ptc. or adj., denoting the state of being or the action in which someone or someth. is or is involved (B-D-F §416, 2; s. Rob. 1120f) discoverα. w. ptc. (Thu. 2, 6, 3; Demosth. 19, 332; Epict. 4, 1, 27; PTebt 330, 5 [II A.D.] παραγενομένου εἰς τ. κώμην εὗρον τ. οἰκίαν μου σεσυλημένην; Num 15:32; Tob 7:1 S; 8:13; Da 6:14; 6:12 Theod.; TestSol 1:5 D; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 25 [Stone p. 12], B 2 p. 109, 15 [Stone p. 60]; TestJob 37:8; ParJer 7:29 al.; Jos., Bell. 6, 136 τ. φύλακας εὗρον κοιμωμένους; Ath. 33, 1) εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα he finds it unoccupied (that gives the condition for his return: HNyberg, ConNeot 2, ’36, 22–35) Mt 12:44. εὗρεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας he found others standing there 20:6 (cp. Jdth 10:6); cp. 21:2; 24:46; 26:40, 43; Mk 11:2; 13:36; 14:37, 40; Lk 2:12; 7:10; 8:35; 11:25; 12:37, 43; 19:30; Ac 5:23; 9:2; 10:27; 27:6; 2 Cl 6:9; ITr 2:2 and oft. εὗρεν αὐτὴν ὀγκωμένην GJs 13:1a; 15:2; εὗρον τὸ αἷμα (πτῶμα pap) αὐτοῦ λίθον γεγενημένον 24:3; εὗρον αὐτὸν ἔτι ζῶντα AcPl Ha 10, 12; εὑρήσετε δύο ἄνδρας προσευχομένους ibid. 19. W. ellipsis of the ptc. εὑρέθη μόνος (sc. ὤν) Lk 9:36. ὁ ὄφις … εὗρεν τὴν Εὔαν μόνην GJs 13:1b; οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον (ὄν) Lk 23:4; cp. vs. 22.β. w. adj. (TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 24 [Stone p. 30] εὗρεν αὐτῆς ζυγίας τὰς ἁμαρτίας; ApcMos 16) εὗρον αὐτὴν νεκράν Ac 5:10 (TestJob 40:11). εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασκευάστους 2 Cor 9:4.γ. elliptically w. a whole clause οὐχ οἵους θέλω εὕρω ὑμᾶς I may find you not as I want (to find you) 2 Cor 12:20. Several times w. καθώς foll.: εὗρον καθὼς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς they found it just as he had told them Mk 14:16; Lk 19:32; GJs 15:2; cp. Lk 22:13. ἵνα … εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς that they may be found (leading the same kind of life) as we 2 Cor 11:12.② to discover intellectually through reflection, observation, examination, or investigation, find, discover, transf. sense of 1 (X., Hell. 7, 4, 2; M. Ant. 7, 1; Wsd 3:5; Da 1:20 Theod.; Jos., Ant. 10, 196; Just., A I, 31, 7 al.; Ath. 17, 2 ‘create’ an artistic work) τὶ someth.: I find it to be the rule Ro 7:21. ὧδε εὑ. ἐντολήν here I find a commandment B 9:5. τινά w. ptc. foll. find someone doing someth. (Anonymi Vi. Platonis p. 7, 18 Westerm.) Lk 23:2; Ac 23:29. Likew. τὶ w. ptc. foll. Rv 3:2. τινά w. adj. foll. 2:2. W. ὅτι foll. B 16:7. (TestSol 22:11). Of the result of a judicial investigation εὑ. αἰτίαν θανάτου find a cause for putting to death Ac 13:28. εὑ. αἰτίαν, κακόν, ἀδίκημα ἔν τινι J 18:38; 19:4, 6; Ac 23:9. εἰπάτωσαν τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα let them say what wrong-doing they have discovered 24:20. ποιεῖτε ἵνα εὑρεθῆτε ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως act in order that you may pass muster in the day of judgment B 21:6. Cp. 2 Pt 3:10 w. an emendation of καὶ γῇ κατὰ τὰ (for καὶ γῆ καὶ τὰ) ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται (cp. PsSol 17:8) and the earth will be judged according to the deeds done on it (FDanker, ZNW 53, ’62, 82–86).—W. acc. of a price or measure calculated εὗρον they found Ac 19:19; 27:28. W. indir. quest. foll. Lk 5:19 which, by the use of the article, can become an object acc.: εὑ. τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν 19:48. τὸ πῶς κολάσωνται αὐτούς Ac 4:21. W. inf. foll. ἵνα εὕρωσιν κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ in order to find a charge against him Lk 6:7; 11:54 D (but there is no accusative with εὕρωσιν; cp. PParis 45, 7 [153 B.C.] προσέχων μὴ εὕρῃ τι κατὰ σοῦ ἰπῖν=εἰπεῖν. For this reason it is perhaps better to conclude that εὑρίσκω with inf.=be able: Astrampsychus p. 5 ln. 14 εἰ εὑρήσω δανείσασθαι ἄρτι=whether I will be able to borrow money now; p. 6 ln. 72; p. 42 Dec. 87, 1. Then the transl. would be: so that they might be able to bring an accusation against him). Of seeking and finding God (Is 55:6; Wsd 13:6, 9; cp. Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 36, Leg. All. 3, 47) Ac 17:27. Pass. εὑρέθην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν I have let myself be found by those who did not seek me Ro 10:20 (Is 65:1).—As נִמְצָא be found, appear, prove, be shown (to be) (Cass. Dio 36, 27, 6; SIG 736, 51; 1109, 73; 972, 65; POxy 743, 25 [2 B.C.]; ParJer 4:5; Jos., Bell. 3, 114; Just., A I, 4, 2; Tat. 41:3; Mel., P. 82, 603; Ath. 24, 4) εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα it was found that she was to become a mother Mt 1:18. εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντολὴ εἰς θάνατον (sc. οὖσα) the commandment proved to be a cause for death to me Ro 7:10. οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες; were there not found to return? Lk 17:18; cp. Ac 5:39; 1 Cor 4:2 (cp. Sir 44:20); 15:15; 2 Cor 5:3; Gal 2:17; 1 Pt 1:7; Rv 5:4; 1 Cl 9:3; 10:1; B 4:14; Hm 3:5 and oft. ἄσπιλοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι be found unstained in his judgment 2 Pt 3:14. σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος when he appeared in human form Phil 2:7. εὑρεθήσομαι μαχόμνενος τῷ νόμῳ κυρίου … εὑρεθήσομαι παραδιδοὺς ἀθῶον αἷμα GJs 14:1.③ to attain a state or condition, find (for oneself), obtain. The mid. is used in this sense in Attic wr. (B-D-F §310, 1; Rob. 814; Phryn. p. 140 Lob.); in our lit. it occurs in this sense only Hb 9:12. As a rule our lit. uses the act. in such cases (poets; Lucian, Lexiph. 18; LXX; Jos., Ant. 5, 41) τὴν ψυχήν Mt 10:39; 16:25. ἀνάπαυσιν (Sir 11:19; 22:13; 28:16; 33:26; ἄνεσιν ApcEsdr 5:10) ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν rest for your souls 11:29. μετανοίας τόπον have an opportunity to repent or for changing the (father’s) mind Hb 12:17. σκήνωμα τῷ θεῷ Ἰακώβ maintain a dwelling for the God of Jacob Ac 7:46b (Ps 131:5). χάριν obtain grace (SSol 8:10 v.l.) Hb 4:16. χάριν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ obtain favor with God Lk 1:30; also ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 7:46a; GJs 11:2 (LXX as a rule ἐναντίον w. gen.; JosAs 15:14 ἐνώπιόν σου). ἔλεος παρὰ κυρίου obtain mercy from the Lord 2 Ti 1:18 (cp. Gen 19:19; Da 3:38).—The restoration [πίστιν εὑρ]ίσκομεν Ox 1081, 26 is not valid; on basis of the Coptic SJCh 90, 2 read w. Till p. 220 app.: [ταῦτα γιγν]ῴσκομεν.—B. 765; RAC VI, 985–1052. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
52 μυστήριον
μυστήριον, ου, τό ‘secret, secret rite, secret teaching, mystery’ a relig. t.t. (predom. pl.) applied in the Gr-Rom. world mostly to the mysteries w. their secret teachings, relig. and political in nature, concealed within many strange customs and ceremonies. The principal rites remain unknown because of a reluctance in antiquity to divulge them (Trag.+; Hdt. 2, 51, 2; Diod S 1, 29, 3; 3, 63, 2; Socrat., Ep. 27, 3; Cornutus 28 p. 56, 22; 57, 4; Alciphron 3, 26, 1; OGI 331, 54; 528, 13; 721, 2, SIG s. index; Sb 7567, 9 [III A.D.]; PGM 1, 131; 4, 719ff; 2477 τὰ ἱερὰ μ. ἀνθρώποις εἰς γνῶσιν; 5, 110; 12, 331; 13, 128 τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ. Only the perfected gnostic is τῶν μυστηρίων ἀκροατής Hippol., Ref. 5, 8, 29.—OKern, D. griech. Mysterien d. klass. Zeit 1927; WOtto, D. Sinn der eleusin. Myst. ’40; MNilsson, The Dionysiac Mysteries of the Hell. and Rom. Age, ’57; Kl. Pauly III 1533–42; WBurkert, Antike Mysterien ’90). Also LXX and other versions of the OT use the word, as well as En (of the heavenly secret) and numerous pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph. (C. Ap. 2, 189, 266), apolog. (exc. Ar.); it is a loanw. in rabb. Our lit. uses μ. in ref. to the transcendent activity of God and its impact on God’s people.① the unmanifested or private counsel of God, (God’s) secret, the secret thoughts, plans, and dispensations of God (SJCh 78, 9; τὸ μ. τῆς μοναρχίας τῆς κατὰ τὸν θεόν Theoph. Ant. 2, 28 [p. 166, 17]) which are hidden fr. human reason, as well as fr. all other comprehension below the divine level, and await either fulfillment or revelation to those for whom they are intended (the divine Logos as διδάσκαλος θείων μυστηρίων Orig., C. Cels. 3, 62, 9: the constellations as δεῖγμα καὶ τύπον … μεγάλου μυστηρίου Hippol. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 7]; Abraham is τῶν θείων … μέτοχος μυστηρίων Did., Gen. 213, 20).ⓐ In the gospels μ. is found only in one context, where Jesus says to the disciples who have asked for an explanation of the parable(s) ὑμῖν τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται τῆς βασιλείας τ. θεοῦ Mk 4:11; the synopt. parallels have the pl. Mt 13:11 (LCerfaux, NTS 2, ’55/56, 238–49); Lk 8:10.—WWrede, D. Messiasgeh. in den Evv. 1901; HEbeling, D. Messiasgeh. u. d. Botschaft des Mc-Evangelisten ’39; NJohansson, SvTK 16, ’40, 3–38; OPiper, Interpretation 1, ’47, 183–200; RArida, St Vladimar Theol. Qtly 38, ’94, 211–34 (patristic exegesis Mk 4:10–12 par.).ⓑ The Pauline lit. has μ. in 21 places. A secret or mystery, too profound for human ingenuity, is God’s reason for the partial hardening of Israel’s heart Ro 11:25 or the transformation of the surviving Christians at the Parousia 1 Cor 15:51. Even Christ, who was understood by so few, is God’s secret or mystery Col 2:2, hidden ages ago 1:26 (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 16 τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ κεκρυμμένον μυστήριον μέχρι τῆσδε τῆς ἡμέρας), but now gloriously revealed among the gentiles vs. 27, to whom the secret of Christ, i.e. his relevance for them, is proclaimed, 4:3 (CMitton, ET 60, ’48/49, 320f). Cp. Ro 16:25; 1 Cor 2:1 (cp. Just., D. 91, 1; 131, 2 al. μ. τοῦ σταυροῦ; 74, 3 τὸ σωτήριον τοῦτο μ., τοῦτʼ ἔστι τὸ πάθος τοῦ χριστοῦ). The pl. is used to denote Christian preaching by the apostles and teachers in the expr. οἰκονόμοι μυστηρίων θεοῦ 1 Cor 4:1 (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 23, 104 calls the teachings of Pyth. θεῖα μυστήρια). Not all Christians are capable of understanding all the mysteries. The one who speaks in tongues πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια utters secret truths in the Spirit which the person alone shares w. God, and which others, even Christians, do not understand 1 Cor 14:2. Therefore the possession of all mysteries is a great joy 13:2 (Just., D. 44, 2). And the spirit-filled apostle can say of the highest stage of Christian knowledge, revealed only to the τέλειοι: λαλοῦμεν θεοῦ σοφίαν ἐν μυστηρίῳ we impart the wisdom of God in the form of a mystery (ἐν μυστηρίῳ=in a mysterious manner [Laud. Therap. 11] or =secretly, so that no unauthorized person would learn of it [cp. Cyr. of Scyth. p. 90, 14 ἐν μυστηρίῳ λέγει]) 2:7 (AKlöpper, ZWT 47, 1905, 525–45).—Eph, for which (as well as for Col) μ. is a predominant concept, sees the μ. τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ (sc. θεοῦ) 1:9 or μ. τ. Χριστοῦ 3:4 or μ. τ. εὐαγγελίου 6:19 in acceptance of the gentiles as Christians 3:3ff, 9ff. A unique great mystery is revealed 5:32, where the relation betw. Christ and the Christian community or church is spoken of on the basis of Gen 2:24 (cp. the interpretation of the sun as symbol of God, Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 8], and s. WKnox, St. Paul and the Church of the Gentiles, ’39, 183f; 227f; WBieder, TZ 11, ’55, 329–43).ⓒ In Rv μ. is used in ref. to the mysterious things portrayed there. The whole content of the book appears as τὸ μ. τοῦ θεοῦ 10:7. Also τὸ μ. τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1:20; τὸ μ. τῆς γυναικός 17:7, cp. vs. 5, where in each case μ. may mean allegorical significance (so BEaston, Pastoral Epistles ’47, 215).② that which transcends normal understanding, transcendent/ultimate reality, secret, with focus on Israelite/Christian experience.ⓐ 1 Ti uses μ. as a formula: τὸ μ. τῆς πίστεως is simply faith 3:9. τὸ τ. εὐσεβείας μ. the secret of (our) piety vs. 16.—τὸ μ. τῆς ἀνομίας 2 Th 2:7 s. ἀνομία 1 (Jos., Bell. 1, 470 calls the life of Antipater κακίας μυστήριον because of his baseness practiced in secret. Cp. also SibOr 8, 58 τὰ πλάνης μυστήρια; 56).—PFurfey, CBQ 8, ’46, 179–91.ⓑ in Ign.: the death and resurrection of Jesus as μ. IMg 9:1 (τὸ περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως μ. Orig., C. Cels. 1, 7, 9). The virginity of Mary, her childbearing, and the Lord’s death are called τρία μ. κραυγῆς three mysteries (to be) loudly proclaimed IEph 19:1 (they are mysteries because they go so contrary to human expectation). So also of the annunciation to Mary and her conception GJs 12:2f. The deacons are οἱ διάκονοι μυστηρίων Ἰ. Χρ. ITr 2:3.ⓒ Quite difficult is the saying about the tried and true prophet ποιῶν εἰς μυστήριον κοσμικὸν ἐκκλησίας who acts in accord with the earthly mystery of (God’s) assembly D 11:11. This may refer to celibacy; the prophet lives in such a way as to correspond to the relation betw. Christ and the people of God; cp. Eph 5:32 (so Harnack, TU II 1; 2, 1884, 44ff; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen d. Geistes u. der Geister 1899, 131–38; PDrews, Hdb. z. d. ntl. Apokryphen 1904, 274ff; RKnopf, Hdb. ad loc.—Differently CTaylor, The Teaching of the Twelve Apost. 1886, 82–92; RHarris, The Teaching of the Ap. 1887; FFunk, Patr. Apostol.2 1901 ad loc.; Zahn, Forschungen III 1884, 301).ⓓ μ. occurs oft. in Dg: τὸ τῆς θεοσεβείας μ. the secret of (our) piety 4:6 (what Dg means by μ. is detailed in ch. 5). Likew. of Christian teaching (cp. Ps.-Phocyl. 229 and comments by Horst 260–61) πατρὸς μυστήρια 11:2; cp. vs. 5. Hence the Christian can μυστήρια θεοῦ λαλεῖν 10:7. In contrast to ἀνθρώπινα μ. 7:1. οὗ (sc. τ. θεοῦ) τὰ μυστήρια whose secret counsels 7:2 (the divine will for orderly management of the universe). Of God keeping personal counsel κατεῖχεν ἐν μυστηρίῳ … τὴν σοφὴν αὐτοῦ βουλήν 8:10.—Lghtf., St. Paul’s Ep. to the Col. and Phlm. p. 167ff; JRobinson, St. Paul’s Ep. to the Eph. 1904, 234ff; GWobbermin, Religionsgesch. Studien 1896, 144ff; EHatch, Essays on Bibl. Gk. 1889, 57ff; HvSoden, ZNW 12, 1911, 188ff; TFoster, AJT 19, 1915, 402–15; OCasel, D. Liturgie als Mysterienfeier5 1923; JSchneider, ‘Mysterion’ im NT: StKr 104, ’32, 255–78; TArvedson, D. Mysterium Christi ’37; KPrümm, ‘Mysterion’ v. Pls bis Orig.: ZKT 61, ’37, 391–425, Biblica 37, ’56, 135–61; RBrown, The Semitic Background of ‘Mystery’ in the NT, ’68; cp. KKuhn, NTS 7, 61, 366 for Qumran parallels to various passages in Eph and Ro; ABöhlig, Mysterion u. Wahrheit, ’68, 3–40; JFruytier, Het woord M. in de catechesen van Cyrillus van Jerusalem, ’50; ANock, Hellenistic Mysteries and Christian Sacraments, Essays on Religion and the Ancient World II, ’72, 790–820; AHarvey, The Use of Mystery Language in the Bible: JTS 31, ’80, 320–36.—DELG s.v. μύω. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
53 ἐξουσία
ἐξουσία, ας, ἡ (Soph., Thu.+; ins, pap, LXX, En, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., Just.; Tat. 30, 1; Mel., P. 104, 810 [Bodm.]) from ἔξεστιν.① a state of control over someth., freedom of choice, right (e.g., the ‘right’ to act, decide, or dispose of one’s property as one wishes: BGU 1158, 13 [9 B.C.] = Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 234, 13 legal t.t., esp. in wills: POxy 272, 13; BGU 183, 25 ἔχειν αὐτὴν τὴν ἐ. τῶν ἰδίων πάντων; PTebt 319, 21.—Sir 30:11) ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν have the right 2 Th 3:9 (Just., D 16, 4). W. inf. foll. (Teles p. 23, 14; 24, 11; Tob 2:13 S; 7:10 S) J 10:18; 1 Cor 9:4ff; Hb 13:10; Rv 13:5; B 4:2. W. obj. gen. foll. (τίς οὖν ἔτι ἔχει μου ἐξουσίαν; Epict. 3, 24, 70; διδόναι ἐξουσίαν τῶν πετεινῶν Did., Gen. 61, 24) εἰ ἄλλοι τῆς ὑμῶν ἐ. μετέχουσι 1 Cor 9:12. Also ἐ. ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς the right to the tree of life Rv 22:14. W. verbs of two constr. ἔχει ἐ. ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος the potter has a right over the clay, to make fr. the same lump Ro 9:21. ἐ. ἔχειν περί τινος (4 Macc 4:5) be at liberty w. regard to a thing (opp. ἀνάγκην ἔχειν) 1 Cor 7:37; cp. 8:9; ἐ. ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ a right in the gospel 9:18. ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐ. ὑπῆρχεν was at your disposal Ac 5:4 (Esth 4:17b; Appian, Liby. 52 §226 ἐν ἐ. εἶναι τί τινι=someth. is at someone’s disposal, is within one’s power).② potential or resource to command, control, or govern, capability, might, power (on capacity for someth. cp. Did., Gen. 162, 5: ἡ προσαιρέσεως ἐξουσία; cp. 1 Esdr 4:28, 40; 2 Macc 7:16 the king can do what he pleases because he has the capability for doing so) ἡ ἐ. τ. ἵππων ἐν τ. στόματι αὐτῶν ἐστιν Rv 9:19; cp. vs. 3; 13:2, 4; 18:1; Mt 9:8; Ac 8:19. W. inf. foll. to indicate the thing that one is able to do (En 25:4 ἅψασθαι; Diod S 4, 52, 4 ἀμύνασθαι εἶχεν ἐξουσίαν; Mel., P. 104 πάντα κρίνει); ἐκβάλλειν τ. δαιμόνια [b]Mk 3:15. ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς τ. γέενναν Lk 12:5; cp. J 1:12; 7:1 v.l.; Rv 9:10; 11:6. W. gen. of the inf. foll. τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων Lk 10:19; ποιεῖν ἐ. exercise power Rv 13:12. ἐ. ἔχειν τινός have power over someone (Epict. 4, 12, 8) GPt 3:7; ἑαυτοῦ IPol 7:3; also ἐ. ἔχειν ἐπί τινος Rv 20:6; cp. AcPl Ha 1, 3. Esp. of God’s power (Theodor. Prodr. 5, 313 ἡ θεῶν ἐ.; Da 4:17; Jos., Ant. 5, 109; 18, 214) Lk 12:5 (cp. 2 Cl 5:4); Ac 1:7; Jd 25; Hs 9, 23, 4. πάντων τ. ἐξουσίαν power over all Hm 4, 1, 11; Hs 9, 28, 8. πᾶσα ἡ ἐ. 5, 7, 3 (En 9:5). τὴν κατὰ πάντων ἐ. MPol. 2:1. τέλους ἐ. power over the end PtK 2 p. 13, 22. ἐ. ἐπὶ τ. πληγάς control over the plagues Rv 16:9. Also of Satan’s power Ac 26:18; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.; B 2:1.—The power that comes fr. God can involve transcendent knowledge, and both may be expressed by ἐ. (Herm. Wr. 1, 13; 14; 32). So his hearers conclude fr. Jesus’ teaching that he must have ἐ. (i.e. it is not necessary for him to first ask what the traditional practice or interpretation requires) Mk 1:22 (‘license’ of a Jewish teacher L-S-J-M Suppl., ’68; against this AArgyle, ET 80, ’68/69, 343); cp. Mt 7:29 (Rtzst., Poim. 48, 3, Mysterienrel.3 302; 363; JStarr, HTR 23, 1930, 302–5; HWindisch, Pls. u. Christus ’34, 151ff; DDaube, JTS 39, ’38, 45–59; HFlowers, ET 66, ’55, 254 [‘like a king’]; DHudson, ET 67, ’55/56, 17; JCoutts, JTS 8, ’57, 111–18 [Jesus and the 12]). The prep. expr. κατʼ ἐξουσίαν in accordance w. knowledge and power Mk 1:27 and ἐν ἐ. Lk 4:32 belong to this classification; cp. 4:36. The close relation of ἐ. w. ‘gnosis’ and teaching also B 18:1.—But it is not always possible to draw a hard and fast line betw. this sense and③ the right to control or command, authority, absolute power, warrant (Sextus 36: the πιστός has ἐ. fr. God) ἐ. καὶ ἐπιτροπή (cp. Ps.-Pla., Defin. p. 415c ἐξουσία, ἐπιτροπὴ νόμου) authority and commission Ac 26:12. ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς; by whose authority are you doing this? Mt 21:23, 24, 27; Mk 11:28, 29, 33; Lk 20:2, 8. ἐ. διδόναι τινί put someone in charge (Diod S 13, 36, 2; 14, 81, 6; cp. Vi. Aesopi G 11 p. 39, 6 P.; En 9:7; TestJob 3:6; Jos., Ant. 2, 90; 20, 193) Mk 13:34; PtK 2 p. 14, 13. οἷς ἔδωκεν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τὴν ἐ. to whom he gave rights over the Gospel (for its proclamation) B 8:3. ὅτι τὸ ἄρχειν ἐξουσίας ἐστίν that ruling depends on authority 6:18. Of apostolic authority 2 Cor 10:8; 13:10; ISm 4:1. Of Jesus’ total authority Mt 28:18 (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 32; Da 7:14; DStanley, CBQ 29, ’67, 555–73); Hs 5, 6, 1. W. gen. of the one who has authority ἐ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ Rv 12:10 (Just., A I, 40, 7). W. gen. of that over which the authority is exercised (Diod S 2, 27, 3; IDefixWünsch 4, 21; Ps 135:8, 9; Wsd 10:14; Sir 17:2; Jos., Vi. 190) ἐ. πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων over the unclean spirits Mt 10:1; Mk 6:7; cp. J 17:2; Hm 4, 3, 5; PtK 2 p. 14, 13; 1 Cl 61:2; ISm 4:1; τούτου τοῦ λαοῦ Hs 8, 3, 3. Also ἐπί w. acc. (cp. Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; cp. Rv 6:8; 13:7. Likew. ἐπί w. gen. (cp. Da 3:97) Rv 2:26; 11:6b; 14:18. παρά τινος (also ἀπό τινος Orig., C. Cels. 2, 13, 56) indicates the source of the authority (s. παρά A3b) Ac 9:14; 26:10; Hs 5, 6, 4 (restored from the Lat.; ἐ. λαμβάνειν as Diod S 11, 42, 6; TestJob 8:2f; 16:4; Vi. Aesopi G 11 p. 39, 4 P.) and κατά τινος the one against whom it is directed (TestJob 16:2 κατʼ ἐμοῦ; 8:2 κατὰ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων μου ‘over my possessions’; Sb 8316, 6f κύριε Σάραπι δὸς αὐτῷ κατεξουσίαν κατὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ; Orig., C. Cels. 7, 43, 25) J 19:11 (HvCampenhausen, TLZ 73, ’48, 387–92); B 4:13. W. pres. inf. foll. (cp. X., Mem. 2, 6, 24 and 35; Diod S 12, 75, 4; 1 Macc 10:35; 11:58; Jos., Ant. 4, 247) Mt 9:6; Mk 2:10; Lk 5:24; J 5:27. W. aor. inf. foll. (Jdth 8:15; 1 Esdr 8:22; 1 Macc 1:13) 19:10. Foll. by gen. of the pres. inf. (4 Macc 5:15) Hm 12, 4, 2.—RDillon, ‘As One Having Authority’ (Mark 1:22): CBQ 57, ’95, 92–113.④ power exercised by rulers or others in high position by virtue of their office, ruling power, official power (Ps.-Pla., Alc. 1, 135b al.; LXX; Jos., Bell. 2, 140, Vi. 80) ἐ. ὡς βασιλεύς Rv 17:12f (Diod S 2, 45, 1 βασιλικὴν ἐ. ἔχειν; 14, 32, 5 ἐ. λαμβάνειν); ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος Lk 20:20; cp. J 19:10f, s. 3 above. ἐ. ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων Lk 19:17. ἄνθρωπος ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος a man under authority 7:8 (MFrost, ET 45, ’34, 477f); cp. Mt 8:9; Hs 1:3.—The power of a particular office (Diod S 1, 70, 1; 14, 113, 6 ἡ ὑπατικὴ ἐξουσία; Plut., Mar. 406 [2, 1], Caes. 734 [58, 1]) ἐπαρχικὴ ἐ. the power of prefect Phlm subscr.ⓐ human authorities, officials, government (Dionys. Hal. 8, 44; 11, 32; POxy 261, 15) Lk 12:11 (here and elsewh. in NT w. ἀρχή, as also in Pla.); Ro 13:1, 2, 3 (with 13:1b cp. the express. ‘ancient saying’ [s. Hes., Theogony 96 ἐκ δὲ Διὸς βασιλῆες. On this HFränkel, Dichtung u. Philos. des frühen Griechentums ’62, 111 n. 6] in Artem. 2, 36 p. 135, 24; 2, 69 p. 161, 17 τὸ κρατοῦν δύναμιν ἔχει θεοῦ=the ruling power has its authority from God; Wsd 6:3; Jos., Bell. 2, 140 οὐ δίχα θεοῦ περιγενέσθαι τινὶ τὸ ἄρχειν … ἐξουσίαν); Tit 3:1. For the view that the ἐ. of Ro 13 are spirit powers, as b below, s. OCullmann, Christ and Time (tr. Filson) ’50, 191–210.—On the subj. in gener. s. LGaugusch, D. Staatslehre d. Ap. Pls nach Ro 13: ThGl 5, ’34, 529–50; JUitman, Onder Eig. Vaandel 15, ’40, 102–21; HvCampenhausen, ABertholet Festschr. ’50, 97–113; OCullmann, Zur neuesten Diskussion über die ἐξουσίαι in Rö 13:1: TZ 10, ’54, 321–36, D. Staat im NT ’612 (Eng. tr.: The State in the NT ’56, 93–114); against him AStrobel, ZNW 47, ’56, 67–93.—GCaird, Princip. and Powers ’56; RMorgenthaler TZ 12, ’56, 289–304; CMorrison, The Powers That Be ’60; EBarnikol, Rö 13. Der nichtpaulinische Ursprung der absoluten Obrigkeitsbejahung v. Rö 13:1–7 ’61, 65–133; HSchlier, Principalities and Powers in the NT ’61 (Eng. tr.); MBorg, NTS 19, ’72/73, 205–18. οἱ ἐπʼ ἐξουσίαν ἀχθέντες those who are brought before the authorities Hs 9, 28, 4.ⓑ of transcendent rulers and functionaries: powers of the spirit world (TestLevi 3:8; TestSol 20:15 B), sg. (w. ἀρχή and δύναμις) 1 Cor 15:24; Eph 1:21; Col 2:10. Pl. (w. ἀρχαί as Just., D. 41, 1; cp. Orig., C. Cels. 4, 29, 22) Eph 3:10; 6:12; Col 1:16; 2:15; (w. ἄγγελοι, δυνάμεις) 1 Pt 3:22. Cp. the v.l. for ἄρχειν Papias (4).⑥ the sphere in which power is exercised, domain (4 Km 20:13; Ps 113:2) Lk 4:6. ἐκ τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου ἐστίν he comes fr. Herod’s jurisdiction 23:7. ἐ. τοῦ σκότους domain of darkness 22:53; Col 1:13 (opp. the βασιλεία of Christ). Hence ἐ. τοῦ ἀέρος simply domain of the air Eph 2:2; s. ἀήρ 2b.⑦ Various opinions are held about the mng. of 1 Cor 11:10 ὀφείλει ἡ γυνὴ ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς διὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους. Many now understand it as a means of exercising power (cp. δύναμις 1b.—It is abstract for concrete, as βασιλεία [1] in Diod S 1, 47, 5: a stone figure ἔχουσα τρεῖς βασιλείας ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς=that wears three symbols of royal power [diadems] on its head), that is to say, the veil (κάλυμμα is v.l. for ἐ. here; s. critical apparatus in N.) by which women at prayer (when they draw near to the heavenly realm) protect themselves fr. the amorous glances of certain angels. But the veil may also have been simply a symbol of womanly dignity, esp. befitting a Christian woman, and esp. in the presence of holy angels (s. Cadbury below).—WWeber, ZWT 46, 1903, 487–99; Dibelius, Geisterwelt 12–23 al.; EFehrle, Die kultische Keuschheit im Altertum1910, 39; RPerdelwitz, StKr 86, 1913, 611–13; LBrun, ZNW 14, 1913, 298–308; GKittel, Rabbinica 1920, 17ff; Billerb. III 423–35; KBornhäuser, NKZ 41, 1930, 475–88; WFoerster, ZNW 30, ’31, 185f; MGinsburger, RHPR 12, ’32, 245–47; OMotta, ET 44, ’33, 139–41; CSpicq, RB 48, ’39, 557–62; EBlakeney, ET 55, ’44, 138; SLösch, TQ 127, ’47, 216–61; JFitzmyer, NTS 3, ’57, 48–58; HCadbury, HTR 51, ’58, 1f (Qumran parallels); MHooker, NTS 10, ’64, 410–16; AIsaksson, Marriage and Ministry in the NT ’65, 176–81; GSchwartz, ZNW 70, ’79, 249 (Aramaic background).—LCerfaux et JTondriau, Un Concurrent du Christianisme, ’57. S. on ἄγγελος 2c.—V.l. for ἄρχειν Papias (4).—DELG s.v. εἰμί. New Docs 2, 83f. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
54 ἕως
ἕως (Hom.+)① to denote the end of a period of time, till, until.ⓐ as conjunctionα. w. the aor. ind. (Lysias 25, 26; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 58; Wsd 10:14; 1 Macc 10:50; Jdth 10:18; En 13:7; 102:10; PsSol 2:26; 4:10; SibOr 5, 528; Ar. 12, 2) ἕως ἐστάθη until it stood still Mt 2:9. ἕως ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμός until the flood came 24:39.—Ac 19:10 D.β. w. the aor. subj. and, as the rule requires (s. AFuchs, D. Temporalsätze mit d. Konj. ‘bis’ u. ‘so lange als.’ 1902), ἄν (X., An. 5, 1, 11; SIG 966, 11; 1207, 10; PPetr II, 40a, 28; POxy 1124, 7; Gen 24:14; 49:10; Ex 33:22; Lev 22:4 and oft. LXX; TestAbr B 7 p. 112, 2 [Stone p. 72]; TestJob 21:2; ParJer 2:3; ApcMos 26 p. 14, 7 Tdf.; Jos., Ant. 13, 400; Just., A I, 45, 1), to denote that the commencement of an event is dependent on circumstances: ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι until I tell you Mt 2:13.—5:18 (AHoneyman, NTS 1, ’54/55, 141f), 26 (cp. SIG 731, 16ff ἕως ἂν ἀποδῷ); 10:23; 22:44 (Ps 109:1); Mk 6:10; 9:1; 12:36 (Ps 109:1); Lk 20:43 (Ps 109:1); 21:32; Ac 2:35 (Ps 109:1); 1 Cor 4:5; Hb 1:13; B 12:10 (the two last Ps 109:1).—Without ἄν (Soph., Aj. 555, Phil. 764; Polyb. 35, 2, 4; SIG 976, 79; UPZ 18, 10 [II B.C.]; PGrenf II, 38, 16 [I B.C.]; POxy 531, 6; 1125, 15; 1159, 21; Sir 35:17; Tob 14:5 BA; En 10:12, 17; TestSol 15:10; ParJer 5:14; GrBar 11:2; SibOr 5, 217; Just. D. 39, 6): Mt 10:23 v.l.; 18:30; Mk 14:32; Lk 15:4 and 22:34 (both v.l. ἕως οὗ); 2 Th 2:7; Js 5:7; Hb 10:13; Rv 6:11.γ. w. the pres. ind. (cp. Plut., Lycurg. 29, 3) ἕως ἔρχομαι until I come J 21:22f; 1 Ti 4:13; Hs 5, 2, 2; 9, 10, 5f; cp. 9, 11, 1.δ. w. the fut. ind. (cp. PHolm 26, 7; Jdth 10:15) in a text-critically doubtful pass. (B-D-F §382, 2; Rob. 971f; 976) ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε (ἥξει ὅτε is lacking as v.l.) until (the time) comes when you say Lk 13:35.ⓑ used as prep. (appears first at the end of the IV cent. B.C. [Schwyzer II 550]) until, up to (Aristot. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; pseudepigr., also SibOr 5, 57; 118)α. w. gen. of a noun or an equivalent expr. (SIG 588, 64 [196 B.C.] ἕ. τοῦ τ. συνθήκης χρόνου; OGI 90, 16 ἕ. τοῦ πρώτου ἔτους; BGU 1128, 8 [14 B.C.]; oft. LXX; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 23 [Stone p. 54]) ἕ. τῆς ἡμέρας (Jdth 12:14; 1 Esdr 4:55; 1 Macc 13:39) Mt 27:64; Lk 1:80. ἕ. τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης (Jdth 1:15) Mt 26:29; Mk 14:25. ἕ. τ. ἡμ. ταύτης (4 Km 17:23; 1 Macc 8:10; 13:30; 1 Esdr 8:73; Bar 1:13; ApcMos 13 p. 7, 1 Tdf.) 1 Cl 11:2. ἕ. ὥρας ἐνάτης Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44. ἕ. τῆς πεντηκοστῆς 1 Cor 16:8. ἕ. τῆς σήμερον (sc. ἡμέρας) Mt 27:8 (Just., D. 134, 5). ἕ. τέλους until the end 1 Cor 1:8 (JosAs 12:3); ἕ. αἰῶνος forever (1 Ch 17:16; Sir 24:9; 44:13; Jdth 13:19; 1 Esdr 8:82; PsSol 18:11; TestJob 34:4) Hv 2, 3, 3. Of someone’s age or a period of life ἕ. ἐτῶν ὀγδοήκοντα τεσσάρων until the age of 84, prob.= until she was now 84 years old (so Goodsp., Probs. 79–81) Lk 2:37 (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 181). Used w. proper names (Polyb. 2, 41, 5; Diod S 1, 50, 6) ἕ. Ἰωάννου up to the time of John Mt 11:13. ἕ. Σαμουήλ Ac 13:20. In such cases, as well as in others, ἕ. often looks back to a preceding ἀπό: from … to (Bar 1:19; 1 Esdr 8:73; Sir 40:1; 1 Macc 16:2; 3 Macc 6:38 al.; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 18 Jac.): ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕ. Δαυίδ Mt 1:17a. ἀπὸ τ. βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου ἕ. τῆς ἡμέρας Ac 1:22. ἀπὸ τ. ἕκτης ὥρας ἕ. ὥρας ἐνάτης Mt 27:45 (cp. SIG 736, 109 [92 B.C.] ἀπὸ τετάρτας ὥρας ἕ. ἑβδόμας; 1 Esdr 9:41). ἀπὸ πρωὶ̈ ἕ. ἑσπέρας Ac 28:23 (cp. Jos., Ant. 6, 364).—ἕ. τοῦ νῦν until now (Ps.-Lucian, Halc. 4; SIG 705, 44f [112 B.C.]; UPZ 122 [157 B.C.]; Gen 15:16; 18:12; Num 14:19; 1 Macc 2:33) after ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς Mt 24:21; Mk 13:19 (cp. BGU 1197, 8 [4 B.C.] ἕως τ. νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐννεακαιδεκάτου ἔτους Καίσαρος; Ezk 4:14). ἀπὸ Δαυὶδ ἕ. τ. μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος to the Babylonian exile Mt 1:17b.—As here, a historical event forms the boundary (cp. 1 Esdr 5:71; ParJer 3:11) in ἕ. τ. τελευτῆς Ἡρῴδου 2:15.—W. the articular inf. (on the acc. with it s. B-D-F §406, 3) ἕ. τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν until he came to Caesarea Ac 8:40 (s. SIG 588, 93f; Gen 24:33; 28:15; 1 Macc 3:33; 5:19; Polyb., Joseph. [B-D-F §403]); but s. also 3a below.β. w. gen. of the relative pron. (οὗ or ὅτου) in the neut.א. ἕ. οὗ until (Hdt. 2, 143; Plut. et al.; LXX; En; TestAbr; TestJob 24:4; in local mng. SIG 495, 101) w. aor. ind. (Judg 3:30; 4:24 B; 4 Km 17:20; Tob 1:21; 2:4, 10; Jdth 10:10; 15:5; JosAs 10:2, 19; Jos., Ant. 10, 134) Mt 1:25; 13:33; Lk 13:21; Ac 21:26. W. aor. subj. (BGU 1209, 8 [23 B.C.]; PRyl 229, 14 [38 A.D.]; Judg 5:7 B; Ps 71:7; Jdth 6:5, 8; TestAbr B 2 p. 107, 3 [Stone p. 62]; ParJer 9:3; GrBar 13:5; ApcMos 31 p. 17, 10 Tdf.) Mt 18:34; Lk 15:4 v.l., 8; 22:18; 24:49; Ac 25:21; 2 Pt 1:19. After neg.=until, before Mt 17:9; J 13:38; Ac 23:12, 14, 21.ב. ἕ. ὅτου until w. aor. ind. (Diod S 19, 108, 3; 3 Km 10:7; 11:16; Da 2:34; 7:4) J 9:18. W. aor. subj. (POxy 1061, 16 [22 B.C.]; 1 Km 22:3; 2 Esdr 14:5) Lk 12:50; 13:8; 15:8 v.l.; 22:16, 18 v.l.γ. w. adv. of time (JosAs 10:17 ἕ. πρωί̈; Ath. 22, 6 ἕ. νῦν) ἕ. ἄρτι until now (s. ἄρτι 3), Mt 11:12; J 2:10; 5:17; 16:24; 1J 2:9; 1 Cor 4:13; 8:7; 15:6. ἕ. σήμερον (Sir 47:7) 2 Cor 3:15. ἕ. πότε; how long? (Ps 12:2, 3; 2 Km 2:26; 1 Macc 6:22; ApcSed 12:1f) Mt 17:17ab; Mk 9:19ab; Lk 9:41; J 10:24; Rv 6:10.② to denote contemporaneousness, as long as, whileⓐ conj. w. ind. (Hom.+; Jdth 5:17) in our lit. only the pres. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 53 §218 ἕως χειμάζουσιν and ibid. ἕως Πομπήιος ἡγεῖται=while Pompey imagines; Jos., Bell. 7, 347; Just., D. 4, 4 ἕ. ἐν τῷ σώματί ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή) ἕ. ἡμέρα ἐστίν while it is day J 9:4 (v.l. ὡς. On this interchange s. LRadermacher, Philol. 60, 1901, 495f; B-D-F §455, 3); 12:35f v.l.; ἕ. αὐτὸς ἀπολύει τ. ὄχλον while he himself dismissed the crowd Mk 6:45. ἕ. ὑπάγουσιν while they were on their way Mt 25:10 D; ἕ. ἔτι ἔχομεν while we still have 2 Cl 16:1 (cp. Pla., Phd. 89c ἕ. ἔτι φῶς ἐστιν, Parmen. 135d ἕ. ἔτι νέος εἶ; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §127 ἕως ἔτι δύνασαι; PEleph 14, 24 [223 B.C.]; Sir 33:21 ἕως ἔτι ζῇς).ⓑ conj. w. subjunctive (PTebt 6, 42 [140 B.C.] ἕως … μένωσι; Dio Chrys. 27 [44], 5 ἕως ἂν … φέρῃ=‘as long as’; Appian, Numid. 4 §2) Mk 14:32; Lk 17:8.ⓒ in a few cases ἕως also has this sense when functioning as prep. with the gen. of the rel. pronoun in the neut. while ἕ. οὗ (Jos., Ant. 3, 279 [ἔχουσι]) w. subj. Mt 14:22; 26:36 (but s. Burton, MT §325 and Zwaan §314).—ἕ. ὅτου (SSol 1:12) w. ind. Mt 5:25.③ marker of limit reached, as far as, to, funct. as prep.ⓐ w. gen. of place as far as, to (Polyb. 3, 76, 2; Diod S 1, 27, 5; SIG 588, 32 [196 B.C.] ἕ. θαλάσσης; 1231, 12 ἀπὸ … ἕως; PTebt 33, 5 [112 B.C.]; LXX; En 21:1; 22:6; PsSol 15:10; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 12f [Stone p. 12]; TestJob 20:6; GrBar 2:5; 11:8; JosAs 16:14; Jos., Bell. 1, 512; Mel., HE 4, 26, 14 ἕ. τοῦ τόπου …, ἔνθα) ἕ. Φοινίκης Ac 11:19. ἕ. Ἀντιοχείας vs. 22; ἕ. Βηθλεέμ Lk 2:15. ἕ. οὐρανοῦ, ᾅδου Mt 11:23; Lk 10:15 (ApcEsdr 4:32 p. 29, 8 Tdf.). ἕ. τῆς αὐλῆς Mt 26:58; cp. Lk 4:29. ἕ. ἐσχάτου τ. γῆς (Is 48:20; 62:11; 1 Macc 3:9; PsSol 1:4) Ac 1:8. ἕ. τρίτου οὐρανοῦ 2 Cor 12:2 (ApcSed 2:4). ἀπὸ … ἕ.: ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἕ. δυσμῶν Mt 24:27. ἀπʼ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕ. ἄκρων αὐτῶν vs. 31 (cp. Dt 30:4). ἀπʼ ἄκρου γῆς ἕ. ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ Mk 13:27 (cp. Jdth 11:21).—Also w. gen. of a pers., who is in a certain place (Aelian, VH 3, 18 ἕ. Ὑπερβορέων; 4 Km 4:22; 1 Macc 3:26) ἦλθον ἕ. αὐτοῦ Lk 4:42. διελθεῖν ἕ. ἡμῶν Ac 9:38. Prob. Ac 8:40 also belongs here (s. above 1bα end); then a pass. like Gen 10:19 would be comparable.ⓑ w. adv. of place (LXX) ἕ. ἄνω (2 Ch 26:8) to the brim J 2:7. ἕ. ἔσω right into Mk 14:54. ἕ. κάτω (Ezk 1:27; 8:2 looking back to ἀπό) ἀπʼ ἄνωθεν ἕ. κάτω fr. top to bottom Mt 27:51; Mk 15:38 (cp. ἀπὸ ἔσω ἕω ἔξω TestSol 18:15 P). ἕ. ὧδε (Gen 22:5; 2 Km 20:16; 3 Km 18:45; Ar. 17, 1) ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τ. Γαλιλαίας ἕ. ὧδε Lk 23:5.ⓒ w. a prep. or another adv. ἕ. πρός (Polyb. 3, 82, 6; 12, 17, 4; Gen 38:1; Ezk 48:1) ἕ. πρὸς Βηθανίαν as far as B. Lk 24:50 (for the v.l. ἕ. εἰς Β. cp. Polyb. 1, 11, 14; Diod S 1, 27, 5; Aelian, VH 12, 22; Dt 31:24; 4 Km 2:6; PsSol 2:5; Jos., Ant. 16, 90). ἕ. καὶ εἰς even into Ac 26:11. ἕ. ἔξω τῆς πόλεως 21:5. ἕ. ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 (cp. 1 Macc 5:29; 3 Macc 7:18 A; PsSol 17:12; ἕ. ἐπὶ πολύ TestSol 7:2).④ marker of order in a series, up to ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕ. πρώτων Mt 20:8. ὁ δεύτερος καὶ ὁ τρίτος ἕ. τῶν ἑπτά 22:26. ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕ. μεγάλου small and great (Bar 1:4; 1 Macc 5:45; Jdth 13:4) Ac 8:10; Hb 8:11 (Jer 38:34).—J 8:9 v.l.⑤ marker of degree and measure, denoting the upper limit, to the point of ἕ. ἑπτάκις (4 Km 4:35; cp. TestSol 5:8 ἕ. ἑπτά; ApcSed 16:4 ἕ. εἴκοσι) as many as seven times Mt 18:21f; cp. vs. 22. ἕ. ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου (Esth 5:3; 7:2) Mk 6:23. οὐκ ἔστιν ἕ. ἑνός (cp. PTebt 56, 7 [II B.C.] οὐκ ἔχομεν ἕ. τῆς τροφῆς τῶν κτηνῶν ἡμῶν=‘we do not even have enough to feed our cattle’; Leontios, Vi. Joh. [ed. HGelzer 1893] 66, 21ff οὐ … ἕως ἑνὸς νομίσματος=‘not even a single coin’; cp. PRossGeorg III, 3, 22 ἕως δραχμῶν ἕκατον) there is not even one Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:3). ἐᾶτε ἕ. τούτου stop! No more of this Lk 22:51 (ἕ. τούτου=‘to this point’ Aristot., HA 9, 46; Polyb. 9, 36, 1; cp. 2 Km 7:18). ἕ. θανάτου unto death (Antig. Car. 16; Sir 34:12; 51:6; 4 Macc 14:19; JosAs 29:3): contend (Sir 4:28; cp. OGI 266, 29 [III B.C.] μαχοῦμαι ἕως ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου) 1 Cl 5:2. περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου ἕ. θανάτου Mt 26:38; Mk 14:34 (cp. Jon 4:9 σφόδρα λελύπημαι ἐγὼ ἕ. θανάτου).—DELG s.v. 2 ἕω. EDNT. New Docs 4, 154. M-M. -
55 ὅτι
ὅτι (Hom.+) conjunction (B-D-F §396f; 408; 416; 470, 1 al.; Rob. 1032–36, al. [s. index]; HPernot, Études sur la langue des Évang. 1927, 41ff) originally the neuter of ὅστις.① marker of narrative or discourse content, direct or indirect, that. Used after verbs that denote mental or sense perception, or the transmission of such perception, or an act of the mind, to indicate the content of what is said, etc.ⓐ after verbs of saying, indicating, etc.: ἀπαγγέλλω, ἀποκρίνομαι, δείκνυμι, δῆλόν (ἐστιν), διδάσκω, εἶπον, ἐμφανίζω, λέγω, μαρτυρέω, ὁμολογέω, φημί etc.; s. the entries in question. Likew. after verbs of swearing, affirming and corresponding formulae: μαρτύρομαι Ac 20:26; Gal 5:3. μάρτυρα τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι 2 Cor 1:23. ὀμνύω Rv 10:6. Cp. the sim. exprs. πιστὸς ὁ θεός 2 Cor 1:18. ἰδοὺ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Gal 1:20.—2 Cor 11:10. Cp. also φάσις … ὅτι Ac 21:31. αἱ γραφαὶ ὅτι the Scriptures (which state) that Mt 26:54.—On 1J 2:12–14 s. BNoack, NTS 6, ’60, 236–41.ⓑ after verbs that denote sense perception ἀκούω, θεάομαι, θεωρέω (q.v. 1); s. these entries.ⓒ after verbs that denote mental perception ἀγνοέω, ἀναγινώσκω, βλέπω (perceive), γινώσκω, γνωστόν ἐστιν, ἐπιγινώσκω, ἐπίσταμαι, θεωρέω (q.v. 2a), καταλαμβάνω, μιμνῄσκομαι, μνημονεύω, νοέω, οἶδα, ὁράω (q.v. A4a), συνίημι, ὑπομιμνῄσκω; s. these entries. In Gal 1:11 ὅτι comes later in the sentence so as to permit the emphatic portion of the subordinate clause to come to the forefront.ⓓ after verbs of thinking, judging, believing, hoping: δοκέω (q.v. 1d), ἐλπίζω (q.v. 2), κρίνω, λογίζομαι, νομίζω (q.v. 2), οἶμαι, πέπεισμαι, πέποιθα, πιστεύω (q.v. 1aβ), ὑπολαμβάνω; s. these entries. εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they held that John was a prophet Mk 11:32 (s. B-D-F §330; 397, 2; Rob. 1029; 1034).ⓔ after verbs that denote an emotion and its expression ἀγανακτέω, ἐξομολογέομαι, ἐπαινέω, εὐχαριστέω, θαυμάζω, μέλει μοι, συγχαίρω, χαίρω, χάριν ἔχω τινί; s. these entries.ⓕ Very oft. the subj. of the ὅτι-clause is drawn into the main clause, and becomes the object of the latter: ἐπεγίνωσκον αὐτοὺς ὅτι (=ὅτι αὐτοὶ) σὺν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἦσαν Ac 4:13. οἴδατε τὴν οἰκίαν Στεφανᾶ ὅτι (=ὅτι ἡ οἰκία Σ.) ἐστὶν ἀπαρχή 1 Cor 16:15. Cp. Mt 25:24; Mk 12:34; J 8:54; 9:8; Ac 3:10; 1 Cor 3:20 (Ps 93:11); 1 Th 2:1; Rv 17:8. Somet. the subj. is repeated by a demonstrative pron. in the ὅτι-clause: ἐκήρυσσεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 9:20.—Pass. εἰ Χριστὸς κηρύσσεται ὅτι ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγήγερται (=εἰ κηρύσσεται ὅτι Χρ. ἐκ νεκ. ἐγ.) 1 Cor 15:12.② marker of explanatory clauses, thatⓐ as a substitute for the epexegetical inf. (acc. w. inf.) after a preceding demonstrative (B-D-F §394; cp. Rob. 1034) αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν the judgment consists in this, that the light has come J 3:19. ἔστιν αὕτη ἡ ἀγγελία …, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν 1J 1:5. Cp. 3:16; 4:9, 10. ἐν τούτῳ …, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν vs. 13; 5:11. περὶ τούτου … ὅτι about this …, that J 16:19. In ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὅτι … Rv 2:4, ὅτι is epexegetical to a τοῦτο that remains unexpressed. Cp. vs. 6. Of the same order is the useⓑ in ellipses τί ὅτι; what (is it) that? why? Lk 2:49; Ac 5:4, 9; Mk 2:16 v.l. (JosAs 16:5).—οὐχ ὅτι (=οὐ λέγω ὅτι) not that, not as if J 6:46; 7:22; 2 Cor 1:24; 3:5; Phil 3:12; 4:11; 2Th 3:9 (so μὴ ὅτι PLond I 42, 43 p. 30 [II B.C.]). ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὅτι since it is not the case that IMg 3:2.—οὐχ οἷον ὅτι Ro 9:6 (s. οἷος).—ὅτι alone is used for εἰς ἐκεῖνο ὅτι with regard to the fact that, in consideration of the fact that (Gen 40:15; Ruth 2:13) ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος ὅτι; what sort of person is this, (in consideration of the fact) that? Mt 8:27 (but it is prob. that in this and sim. passages the causal force of ὅτι [s. 4 below] comes to the fore). τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὅτι; Lk 4:36. Cp. 16:3; Mk 4:41; J 2:18; 8:22; 9:17; 11:47; 16:9–11.—ὅτι = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι in that Ro 5:8. ὅτι = περὶ τούτου ὅτι concerning this, that Mt 16:8; Mk 8:17.—On ὅτι=why? (cp. Jos. Ant. 12, 213) Mk 9:11, 28 s. ὅστις 4b.③ marker introducing direct discourse. In this case it is not to be rendered into English, but to be represented by quotation marks (ὅτι recitativum.—B-D-F §397, 5; 470, 1; EKieckers, IndogF 35, 1915, 21ff; Rob. 1027f. As early as Pla. [Apol. 23, 34 d.—Kühner-G. II, 366f]; Epict. 1, 9, 16; Arrian, Alex. An. 2, 12, 4; 2, 26, 4; 4, 8, 9; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 38 p. 40; POxy 744, 11 [1 B.C.]; 119, 10; 1064, 5; LXX; TestAbr A 8 p. 85, 10 [Stone p. 18]; TestJob 6:7; 35:1; 36:3; ParJer 1:6; 2:7; ApcEsdr; AscIs 3:9; Jos. Ant. 11, 5; 18, 326, Vi. 55) ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ‘βλασφημεῖς’ ὅτι εἶπον J 10:36. ὁμολογήσω αὐτοῖς ὅτι ‘οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς’ Mt 7:23. So after var. verbs of saying as direct discourse: Mt 26:72–75; 27:43; Mk 1:37; 2:16; 5:28; 12:29; 13:6 (JSundwall, Om bruket av ὅτι recit. i Mk: Eranos 31, ’33, 73–81; MZerwick, Untersuchgen z. Mk-Stil ’37, 39–48); Lk 1:25, 61 (PWinter, HTR 48, ’55, 213–16); 4:41a; 5:26; 15:27a; J 1:20, 32; 4:17; 6:42; 16:17; Ac 5:23; 15:1; Ro 3:8 (B-D-F §470, 1; Rob. 1033; AFridrichsen, ZNW 34, ’35, 306–8); 2 Th 3:10; 1J 4:20 al. Scripture quotations are also introduced in this way (Appian, Bell. Civ. 62 §260 a saying of Caesar in direct discourse is introduced by ὅτι): Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν ὅτι ‘ἐάν τινος κτλ.’ Mk 12:19.—Mt 2:23; 21:16; Lk 2:23; J 10:34; Ro 8:36; 1 Cor 14:21; Hb 11:18.—On ὅτι foll. by the acc. and inf. in direct discourse Lk 4:43 s. 5a below.ⓐ subordinating, because, since ὅτι ἑώρακάς με, πεπίστευκας J 20:29.—Mt 2:18 (Jer 38:15); 5:3ff; 13:16; Mk 1:34; 5:9; Lk 4:41b; 6:20ff; 8:30; 10:13; 11:42ff; 13:2b; 15:27b; perh. 18:9 (TManson, The Sayings of Jesus ’54, 309); 19:17; J 1:30, 50a; 2:25; 3:18; 5:27; 9:16, 22; Ro 6:15; 1 Cor 12:15f. On 1J 2:12–14 s. BNoack, NTS 6, ’60, 236–41 (opposes causal mng.).—Used w. demonstr. and interrog. pronouns διὰ τοῦτο … ὅτι for this reason …, (namely) that J 8:47; 10:17; 12:39; 1J 3:1 al. διὰ τί; ὅτι … why? because … Ro 9:32; 2 Cor 11:11. χάριν τίνος; ὅτι … for what reason? because … 1J 3:12. Foll. by διὰ τοῦτο because … for this reason J 15:19. οὐχ ὅτι … ἀλλʼ ὅτι not because … but because 6:26; 12:6.ⓑ The subordination is oft. so loose that the transl. for recommends itself (B-D-F §456, 1; Rob. 962f). Naturally the line betw. the two groups cannot be drawn with certainty: Mt 7:13; 11:29; Lk 7:47 (on this pass. and 1J 3:14 s. Schwyzer II 646, w. ref. to Il. 16, 34f: ‘infer this from the fact that’); 9:12; 13:31; 16:24; J 1:16f; 9:16; 1 Cor 1:25; 4:9; 10:17; 2 Cor 4:6; 7:8, 14; 1J 3:14.—MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 70ff.⑤ special usesⓐ ὅτι w. acc. and inf. after θεωρεῖν Ac 27:10 (on the mingling of constructions cp. POxy 237 V, 8 δηλῶν ὅτι … δεῖσθαι τὸ πρᾶγμα; EpArist 125; schol. on Clem. of Alex., Protr. p. 296, 11f Stäh.—B-D-F §397, 6; Rob. 1036; Rdm.2 195; MArnim, De Philonis Byzantii dicendi genere, diss. Greifs-wald 1912, 88 [but s. on this Rdm.2 196, 1]). Less irregular is καὶ ὅτι w. a finite verb as the second member dependent on παρακαλεῖν after the inf. ἐμμένειν Ac 14:22.—S. also c, below and HCadbury, JBL 48, 1929, 412–25.ⓑ ὡς ὅτι is found three times in Pauline letters and simply means ‘that’ in the later vernacular (exx. in Mlt. 212; B-D-F §396; Rob. 1033). But the subjective mng. of ὡς must be conceded for the NT, since the Vulgate renders ὡς ὅτι twice w. ‘quasi’ (2 Cor 11:21; 2 Th 2:2) and the third time (2 Cor 5:19) w. ‘quoniam quidem’: διʼ ἐπιστολῆς …, ὡς ὅτι ἐνέστηκεν ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου by a letter … (of such content) that (in the opinion of its writer) the day of the Lord is (now) here 2 Th 2:2. Paul says ironically: κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω, ὡς ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠσθενήκαμεν I must confess to my shame that we have conducted ourselves as weaklings (as I must concede when I compare my conduct w. the violent treatment you have had fr. others [vs. 20]) 2 Cor 11:21 (for the thought cp. Demosth. 18, 320: ‘I confess it. I am weak, but all the more loyal than you [Aeschines] to my fellow citizens’). Likew. 5:19; we are a new creation in Christ (vs. 17). This does not alter the fact that everything has its origin in God, who reconciled us w. himself through Christ (vs. 18), ὡς ὅτι θεὸς ἦν ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ that is (acc. to Paul’s own conviction), (that) it was God who was reconciling the world to himself in Christ.ⓒ consecutive ὅτι so that (Pel.-Leg. p. 20 τί διδοῖς τοῖς ἀμνοῖς σου ὅτι ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχουσιν;=what do you give your sheep so that they have eternal life? Acta Christophori p. 68, 18 Usener τοιοῦτοι γάρ εἰσιν οἱ θεοὶ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ὑπὸ γυναικὸς ἐκινήθησαν. Gen 20:9; Judg 14:3; 1 Km 20:1; 3 Km 18:9) ποῦ οὗτος μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐχ εὑρήσομεν αὐτόν; J 7:35. τί γέγονεν ὅτι … ; what has happened, so that (=to bring it about that) …? 14:22 (so Rob. 1001; difft. Rdm.2 196 and B-D-F §480, 6). This is prob. also the place for οὐδὲν εἰσηνέγκαμεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐξενεγκεῖν τι δυνάμεθα we have brought nothing into the world, so that (as a result) we can take nothing out of it 1 Ti 6:7. τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνῄσκῃ αὐτοῦ; Hb 2:6 (Ps 8:5).—DELG. M-M. -
56 γάρ
γάρ particle, always in second or third position.1 not joined with other particles.a gives reason for what precedes.ἔστι δ' ἀνδρὶ φάμεν ἐοικὸς ἀμφὶ δαιμόνων καλά. μείων γὰρ αἰτία O. 1.35
λάθα δὲ πότμῳ σὺν εὐδαίμονι γένοιτ' ἄν. ἐσλῶν γὰρ ὑπὸ χαρμάτων πῆμα θνᾴσκει O. 2.19
(If a man had the qualities I describe, he would be celebrated.) ἴστω γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ πεδίλῳ δαιμόνιον πόδ' ἔχων Σωστράτου υἱός (but cf. h infra) O. 6.8ὄτρυνον νῦν ἑταίρους, Αἰνέα,. ἐσσὶ γὰρ ἄγγελος ὀρθός O. 6.90
ἀσκεῖται Θέμις ἔξοχ' ἀνθρώπων (sc. in Aigina). ὅτι γὰρ πολὺ καὶ πολλᾷ ῥέπῃ, ὀρθᾷ διακρῖναι φρενὶ δυσπαλές because Aigina is a great commercial state — and is bound to reverence the rule of righteous dealing, Sandys O. 8.23πάγον Κρόνου προσεφθέγξατο· πρόσθε γὰρ νώνυμνος O. 10.50
Ἱμέραν εὐρυσθενἔ ἀμφιπόλει, σώτειρα Τύχα. τὶν γὰρ ἐν πόντῳ κυβερνῶνται θοαὶ νᾶες (cf. f infra) O. 12.3 ναυσιφορήτοις δ' ἀνδράσι πρώτα χάρις πομπαῖον ἐλθεῖν οὖρον· ἐοικότα γὰρ καὶτελευτᾷ φερτέρου νόστου τυχεῖν P. 1.34
ἐμὲ δὲ χρεὼν φεύγειν δάκος ἀδινὸν κακαγοριᾶν. εἶδον γὰρ Ἀρχίλοχον P. 2.54
“ἱκόμαν οἴκαδ'. πεύθομαι γάρ νιν Πελίαν ἁμετέρων ἀποσυλᾶσαι βιαίως ἀρχεδικᾶν τοκέων” P. 4.109 ἔλπετο δ' οὐκέτι οἱ κεῖνον γε πράξασθαι πόνον. κεῖτο γὰρ ( δέρμα sc.)λόχμᾳ P. 4.244
μακρά μοι νεῖσθαι κατ' ἀμαξιτόν· ὥρα γὰρ συνάπτει P. 4.247
θεόθεν ἐραίμαν καλῶν, δυνατὰ μαιόμενος ἐν ἁλικίᾳ. τῶν γὰρ ἀνὰ πόλιν εὑρίσκων τὰ μέσα μεκροτέρῳ ὄλβῳ τεθαλότα, μέμφομ' αἶσαν τυραννίδων P. 11.52
ἵκετ' ὀξείαις ἀνίαισι τυπείς· τὸ γὰρ οἰκεῖον πιέζει πάνθ ὁμῶς N. 1.53
ἔστα δὲ θάμβει δυσφόρῳ τερπνῷ τε μιχθείς. εἶδε γὰρ N. 1.56
ἵκεο Δωρίδα νᾶσον Αἴγιναν· ὕδατι γὰρ μένοντ' ἐπ Ἀσωπίῳ μελιγαρύων τέκτονες κώμων νεανίαι N. 3.3
ἀπότρεπε αὖτις Εὐρώπαν ποτὶ χέρσον ἔντεα ναός· ἄπορα γὰρ λόγον Αἰκακοῦ παίδων τὸν ἅπαντά μοι διελθεῖν N. 4.71
εὔθυν' ἐπὶ τοῦτον, ἄγε, Μοῖσα, οὖρον ἐπέων εὐκλέα· παροιχομένων γὰρ ἀνέρων N. 6.29
ἀμπνέων τε πρίν τι φάμεν. πολλὰ γὰρ πολλᾷ λέλεκται, νεαρὰ δ' ἐξευρόντα δόμεν βασάνῳ ἐς ἔλεγχον ἅπας κίνδυνος N. 8.20
ἀλλ' ἐπέων γλυκὺν ὕμνον πράσσετε. τὸ κρατήσιππον γὰρ ἐς ἅρμ ἀναβαίνων αὐδὰν μανύει N. 9.4
ἔργα τε πολλὰ μενοινῶντες· δέδεται γὰρ ἀναιδεῖ ἐλπίδι γυῖα N. 11.45
οἱ μὲν πάλαι ῥίμφα παιδείους ἐτόξευον μελιγάρυας ὕμνους · ἁ Μοῖσα γὰρ οὐ φιλοκερδής τω τότ' ἦν I. 2.6
ἔστι μοι θεῶν ἕκατι μυρία παντᾷ κέλευθος· ὦ Μέλισσ, εὐμαχανίαν γὰρ ἔφανας I. 4.2
δαπάνᾳ χαῖρον ἵππων. τῶν ἀπειράτων γὰρ ἄγνωτοι σιωπαί I. 4.30
προφρόνων Μοισᾶν τύχομεν, κεῖνον ἅψαι πυρσὸν ὕμνων καὶ Μελίσσῳ. τόλμα γὰρ εἰκὼς θυμὸν ἐριβρεμετᾶν θηρῶν λεόντων ἐν πόνῳ I. 4.45
ἐμοὶ δὲ μακρὸν πάσας ἀναγήσασθ' ἀρετάς· Φυλακίδᾳ γὰρ ἧλθον, ὦ Μοῖσα, ταμίας Πυθέᾳ τε κώμων I. 6.57
κώμαζ' ἔπειτεν Στρεψιάδᾳ· φέρει γὰρ Ἰσθμοῖ νίκαν παγκρατίου I. 7.21
ἄλοχονεὐειδέα θέλων ἑκάτερος ἑὰν ἔμμεν. ἔρως γὰρ ἔχεν I. 8.29
τὸν αἰνεῖν ἀγαθῷ παρέχει· ἥβαν γὰρ οὐκ ἄπειρον ὑπὸ χειᾷ καλῶν δάμασεν I. 8.70
ἐν ζαθέῳ με δέξαι χρόνῳ. ὕδατι γὰρ ἐπὶ χαλκοπύλῳ ἦλθον ἔταις ἀμαχανίαν ἀλέξων Pae. 6.7
ἀγῶνα Λοξίᾳ καταβάντ' εὐρὺν ἐν θεῶν ξενίᾳ. θύεται γὰρ ἀγλαᾶς ὑπὲρ Πανελλάδος Pae. 6.62
πιστὰ δ Ἀγασικλέει μάρτυς ἤλυθον ἐς χορὸν ἐσλοῖς τε γονεῦσιν ἀμφὶ προξενίαισι. τίμαθεν γὰρ (Wil.: τιμαθέντας Π.) Παρθ. 2.. ἀσκὸς δ' οὔτε τις ἀμφορεὺς ἐλίνυεν δόμοις. πέλλαι γὰρ ξύλιναι πίθοι τε πλῆσθεν *fr. 104b. 5.* πρέπει δ' ἐσλοῖσιν ὑμνεῖσθαι. τοῦτο γὰρ ἀθανάτοις τιμαῖς ποτιψαύει fr. 121. 3.b gives an explanation of what precedes. αἴτει πανδόκῳ ἄλσει σκιαρόν τε φύτευμα. ἤδη γὰρ αὐτῷ ἀντέφλεξε Μήνα i. e. for by now all else was ready O. 3.19νίσεται σὺν παισὶ Λήδας. τοῖς γὰρ ἐπέτρεπεν ἀγῶνα νέμειν O. 3.36
ζεῦξον ἤδη μοι σθένος ἡμιόνων. κεῖναι γὰρ ἐξ ἀλλᾶν ὁδὸν ἁγεμονεῦσαι ταύταν ἐπίστανται O. 6.25
ἅπαντας ἐν οἴκῳ εἴρετο παῖδα τὸν Εὐάδνα τέκοι· Φοίβου γὰρ αὐτὸν φᾶ γεγάκειν πατρός O. 6.49
ἄγνωμον δὲ τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν. κουφότεραι γὰρ ἀπειράτων φρένες O. 8.61
χαρίτων νέμομαι κᾶπον· κεῖναι γὰρ ὤπασαν τὰ τέρπν O. 9.28
ἄνευ δὲ θεοῦ, σεσιγαμένον οὐ σκαιότερον χρῆμ' ἕκαστον. ἐντὶ γὰρ ἄλλαι ὁδῶν ὁδοὶ περαίτεραι i. e. since we are gifted in different directions O. 9.104τὰν ὀλβίαν Κόρινθον. ἐν τᾷ γὰρ Εὐνομία ναίει O. 13.6
ἀνάγνωτέ μοι Ἀρχεστράτου παῖδα. γλυκὺ γὰρ αὐτῷ μέλος ὀφείλων ἐπιλέλαθ O. 10.3
ἐρύκετον ψευδέων ἐνιπὰν ἀλιτόξενον. ἕκαθεν γὰρ ἐπελθὼν ὁ μέλλων χρόνος ἐμὸν καταίσχυνε βαθὺ χρέος O. 10.7
May my poetry be effective.Μοίσαις γὰρ ἀγλαοθρόνοις ἑκὼν Ὀλιγαιθίδαισίν τ' ἔβαν ἐπίκουρος O. 13.96
τόνδε κῶμον ἐπ' εὐμενεῖ τύχᾳ κοῦφα βιβῶντα. Λυδῷ γὰρ Ἀσώπιχον ἐν τρόπῳ ἐν μελέταις τ ἀείδων ἔμολον O. 14.17
καιρὸν εἰ φθέγ-ξαιο, μείων ἕπεται μῶμος ἀνθρώπων. ἀπὸ γὰρ κόρος ἀμβλύνει αἰανὴς ταχείας ἐλπίδας P. 1.82
With the help of Artemis he mastered his horses.ἐπὶ γὰρ ἰοχέαιρα παρθένος χερὶ διδύμᾳ τίθησι κόσμον P. 2.9
νεφέλᾳ παρελέξατο ψεῦδος γλυκὺ μεθέπων. εἶδος γὰρ ὑπεροχωτάτᾳ πρέπεν Οὐρανιᾶν θυγατέρι Κρόνου P. 2.38
“αἷμά οἱ κείναν λάβε σὺν Δαναοῖς εὐρεῖαν ἄπειρον· τότε γὰρ μεγάλας ἐξανίστανται Λακεδαίμονος” P. 4.48Μοίσαισι δώσω καὶ τὸ πάγχρυσον νάκος κριοῦ· μετὰ γὰρ κεῖνο πλευσάντων Μινυᾶν θεόπομποί σφισιν τιμαὶ φύτευθεν P. 4.68
“οὐ πρέπει νῷν χαλκοτόροις ξίφεσιν οὐδ' ἀκόντεσσιν μεγάλαν προγόνων τιμὰν δάσασθαι. μῆλά τε γάρ τοι ἐγὼ καὶ βοῶν ξανθὰς ἀγέλας ἀφίημ” P. 4.148 κινηθμὸν ἀμαιμάκετον ἐκφυγεῖν πετρᾶν. δίδυμαι γὰρ ἔσαν” P. 4.209ἀκηράτοις ἁνίαις. κατέκλασε γὰρ ἐντέων σθένος οὐδέν P. 5.34
ἔχεις καὶ πεδὰ μέγαν κάματον λόγων φερτάτων μναμήἰ· ἐν τεσσαράκοντα γὰρ πετόντεσσιν ἁνιόχοις ὅλον δίφρον κομίξαις P. 5.49
Ἡσυχία, τιμὰν Ἀριστομένει δέκευ. τὺ γὰρ τὸ μαλθακὸν ἔρξαι τε καὶ παθεῖν ὁμῶς ἐπίστασαι P. 8.6
“τὸ δὲ οἴκοθεν ἀντία πράξει. μόνος γὰρ ἐκ Δαναῶν στρατοῦ θανόντος ὀστέα λέξαις υἱοῦ” P. 8.52 θεῶν δ' ὄπιν ἄφθονον αἰτέω, λτ;γτ;έναρκες, ὑμετέραις τύχαις. εἰ γάρ τις ἐσλὰ πέπαται μὴ σὺν μακρῷ πόνῳ, πολλοῖς σοφὸς δοκεῖ but ultimately it is god who is responsible for good fortune P. 8.73Ἱπποκλέᾳ θέλοντες ἀγαγεῖν ἐπικωμίαν ἀνδρῶν κλυτὰν ὄπα· γεύεται γὰρ ἀέθλων P. 10.7
κώπαν σχάσον. ἐγκωμίων γὰρ ἄωτος ὕμνων ἐπ' ἄλλοτ ἄλλον ὥτε μέλισσα θύνει λόγον P. 10.53
χρὴ δ' ἐν εὐθείαις ὁδοῖς στείχοντα μάρνασθαι φυᾷ. πράσσει γὰρ ἔργῳ μὲν σθένος, βουλαῖσι δὲ φρήν N. 1.26
I had rather be generous to my friends than miserly. κοιναὶ γὰρ ἔρχοντ' ἐλπίδες πολυπόνων ἀνδρῶν (but cf. Σ: ἐλπίδος ποτὲ διαπεσὼν τῆς ἴσης τύχοι ἂν ἀμοιβῆς) N. 1.32κτείνοντ' ἐλάφους ἄνευ κυνῶν δολίων θ ἑρκέων. ποσσὶ γὰρ κράτεσκε N. 3.52
τὸ δ' ἐναντίον ἔσκεν· πολλὰ γάρ μιν παντὶ θυμῷ παρφαμένα λιτάνευεν N. 5.31
ἴχνεσιν ἐν Πραξιδάμαντος ἑὸν πόδα νέμων πατροπάτορος ὁμαιμίοις. κεῖνος γὰρ Ὀλυμπιόνικος ἐὼν N. 6.17
εὔδοξος ἀείδεται Σωγένης. πόλιν γὰρ φιλόμολπον οἰκεῖ N. 7.9
εἰ δὲ τύχῃ τις ἔρδων, μελίφρον' αἰτίαν ῥοαῖσι Μοισᾶν ἐνέβαλε· ταὶ μεγάλαι γὰρ ἀλκαὶ σκότον πολὺν ὕμνων ἔχοντι δεόμεναι N. 7.12
βασιλῆα δὲ θεῶν πρέπει δάπεδον ἂν τόδε γαρυέμεν ἡμέρᾳ ὀπί. λέγοντι γὰρ Αἰακόν μιν φυτεῦσαι N. 7.84
λευκανθέα σώμασι πίαναν καπνόν· ἑπτὰ γὰρ δαίσαντο πυραὶ νεογυίους φῶτας N. 9.24
ἴστω λαχὼν ὄλβον. εἰ γὰρ ἅμα κτεάνοις πολλοῖς ἐπίδοξον ἄρηται κῦδος, οὐκ ἔστι πρόσωθεν N. 9.46
ἀξιωθείην κεν Ἄργει μὴ κρύπτειν φάος ὀμμάτων. νικαφορίαις γὰρ ὅσαιςἱπποτρόφον ἄστυ τὸ Προίτοιο θάλησεν† N. 10.41ἴδεν Λυγκεὺς δρυὸς ἐν στελέχει ἡμένους. κείνου γὰρ ἐπιχθονίων πάντων γένετ' ὀξύτατον ὄμμα N. 10.62
οὐκ ἀγνῶτες ὑμῖν ἐντὶ δόμοι οὔτε κώμων. οὐ γὰρ πάγος οὐδὲ προσάντης ἁ κέλευθος γίνεται, εἴ τις εὐδόξων ἐς ἀνδρῶν ἄγοι τιμὰς Ἑλικωνιάδων I. 2.33
ἐκ λεχέων ἀνάγει φάμαν παλαιὰν εὐκλέων ἔργων. ἐν ὕπνῳ γὰρ πέσεν I. 4.23
ἔστιν δ' ἀφάνεια τύχας καὶ μαρναμένων. τῶν τε γὰρ καὶ τῶν διδοῖ I. 4.33
Homer has perpetuated the fame of Aias.τοῦτο γὰρ ἀθάνατον φωνᾶεν ἕρπει, εἴ τις εὖ εἴτῃ τι I. 4.40
We sing the praise of the victorious sons of Lampon.εἰ γάρ τις ἀνθρώπων πράσσει θεοδμάτους ἀρετὰς, ἐσχατιαῖς ἤδη πρὸς ὄλβου βάλλετ' ἄγκυραν I. 6.10
τιμὰ δ' ἀγαθοῖσιν ἀντίκειται. ἴστω γὰρ σαφὲς ἀστῶν γενεᾷ μέγιστον κλέος αὔξων I. 7.27
τὸ δὲ πρὸ ποδὸς ἄρειον ἀεὶ βλέπειν χρῆμα πάν. δόλιος γὰρ αἰὼν ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κρέμαται I. 8.14
ἐπέων δὲ καρπὸς οὐ κατέφθινε· φαντὶ γὰρ ξύν' ἀλέγειν καὶ γάμον Θέτιος ἄνακτας I. 8.46
ἔλαθεν οὐδὲ τὸν εὐρυφαρέτραν ἑκαβόλον· ὤμοσε [γὰρ θ]εὸς (supp. Housman) Πα.. 112. ἐπεύχομαι εὐμαχανίαν διδόμεν. τυφλα[ὶ γὰρ] ἀνδρῶν φρένες, ὅστις ἄνευθ' Ἐλικωνιάδων ἐρευνᾷ σοφίας ὁδόν Πα. 7 B. 18. Δαμαίνας παῖ, ἁγέο. τὶν γὰρ εὔφρων ἕψεται πρώτα θυγάτηρ ὁδοῦ Παρθ. 2. 67. The soul survives the body. τὸ γάρ ἐστι μόνον ἐκ θεῶν fr. 131b. 2.c introduces narrative in elaboration of what precedes.—δέξαιτόνδε κῶμον. ψαύμιος γὰρ ἵκει ὀχέων, ὅς O. 4.10
ἔμαθε δὲ σαφές· εὐμενέσσι γὰρ παρὰ Κρονίδαις γλυκὺν ἑλὼν βίοτον, μακρὸν οὐχ ὑπέμεινεν ὄλβον P. 2.25
ἔσχε τοι ταύταν μεγάλαν ἀυάταν καλλιπέπλου λῆμα Κορωνίδος. ἐλθόντος γὰρ εὐνάσθη ξένου P. 3.25
“φαμὶ διδασκαλίαν Χίρωνος οἴσειν. ἀντρόθε γὰρ νέομαι” P. 4.102 “δύνασαι δ' ἀφελεῖν μᾶνιν χθονίων. κέλεται γὰρ ἑὰν ψυχὰν κομίξαι Φρίξος” P. 4.159σπέρμ' ὑμετέρας ἀκτῖνος ὄλβου δέξατο μοιρίδιον ἆμαρ ἢ νύκτες· τόθι γὰρ γένος Εὐφάμου φυτευθὲν P. 4.256
ἐπέγνω μὲν Κυράνα δικαιᾶν Δαμοφίλου πραπίδων. κεῖνος γὰρ ἐν παισὶν νέος P. 4.281
ἔχοντι τὰν ( Κυράναν sc.)χαλκοχάρμαι ξένοι Τρῶες Ἀντανορίδαι. σὺν Ἑλένᾳ γὰρ μόλον P. 5.83
Ἀντίλοχος ἀναμείναις Μέμνονα. Νεστόρειον γὰρ ἵππος ἅρμ' ἐπέδα P. 6.32
ἴτω τεὸν χρέος, ὦ παῖ. παλαισμάτεσσι γὰρ ἰχνεύων ματραδελφεοὺς P. 8.35
ἄκουσεν Δαναόν ποτ' ἐν Ἄργει οἷον εὗρεν τεσσαράκοντα καὶ ὀκτὼ παρθένοισι ὠκύτατον γάμον. ἔστασεν γὰρ P. 9.114
τυφλὸν δ' ἔχει ἦτορ ὅμιλος ἀνδρῶν ὁ πλεῖστος. εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἓ τὰν ἀλάθειαν ἰδέμεν, οὔ κεν ὅπλων χολωθεὶς ὁ καρτερὸς Αἴας ἔπαξε N. 7.24
πολλά νιν πολλοὶ λιτάνευον ἰδεῖν· ἀβοατὶ γὰρ ἡρώων ἄωτοι περιναιεταόντων ἤθελον N. 8.9
ἄμφαινε κυδαίνων πόλιν. φεῦγε γὰρ Ἀμφιαρῆ ποτὲ N. 9.13
φθιμένου Κάστορος ἐν πολέμῳ. τὸν γὰρ Ἴδας ἔτρωσεν N. 10.60
καὶ πάθον δεινὸν παλάμαις Ἀφαρητίδαι Διός· αὐτίκα γὰρἦλθε Λήδας παῖς N. 10.65
ἐθέλω ἢ Καστορείῳ ἢ Ἰολάοἰ ἐναρμόξαι μιν ὕμνῳ. κεῖνοι γὰρ ἡρώων διφρηλάται Λακεδαίμονι καὶ Θήβαις ἐτέκνωθεν κράτιστοι I. 1.17
ἤρχετο μόροιο κάρυξ. ἦν γάρ τι παλαίφατον[ fr. 140a. 69 (43) introducing argument, proof, example: It is easy for a poet to praise a man for his labours.μισθὸς γὰρ ἄλλοις ἄλλος ἐπ' ἔργμασιν ἀνθρώποις γλυκὺς. ὃς δ ἀμφ ἀέθλοις ἄρηται κῦδος ἁβρόν, εὐαγορηθεὶς κέρδος ὕψιστον δέκεται I. 1.47
You Graces are a source of pleasure to men.οὐδὲ γὰρ θεοὶ σεμνᾶν Χαρίτων ἄτερ κοιρανέοντι χοροὺς οὔτε δαῖτας O. 14.8
μέγιστον δ' αἰόλῳ ψεύδει γέρας ἀντέταται. κρυφίαισι γὰρ ἐν ψάφοις Ὀδυσσῆ Δαναοὶ θεράπευσαν N. 8.26
cf. N. 7.24d after a verb of announcing or simm.κοινὸν λόγον φίλαν τείσομεν ἐς χάριν. νέμει γὰρ Ἀτρέκεια πόλιν O. 10.13
Χάριτες, κλῦτ' ἐπεὶ εὔχομαι· σὺν γὰρ ὑμῖν O. 14.5
“κέκλυτε. φαμὶ γὰρ” P. 4.14 ἀπὸ δ' αὐτὸν ἐγὼ Μοίσαισι δώσω καὶ τὸ πάγχρυσον νάκος κριοῦ. τίς γὰρ ἀρχὰ δέξατο ναυτιλίας; P. 4.70γνῶθι νῦν τὰν Οἰδιπόδα σοφίαν. εἰ γὰρ P. 4.263
ἀκούσατ. ἦ γὰρ ἑλικώπιδος Ἀφροδίτας ἄρουραν ἤ Χαρίτων ἀναπολίζομεν P. 6.1
εἰρήσεταί που κἀν βραχίστοις. ἄραντο γὰρ νίκας ἀπὸ παγκρατίου I. 6.60
e introduces an explanation of particular words.Καδμεῖοί νιν οὐκ ἀέκοντες ἄνθεσι μείγνυον, Αἰγίνας ἕκατι. φίλοισι γὰρ φίλος ἐλθὼν ξένιον ἄστυ κατέδρακεν N. 4.22
ἄπιστον ἔειπ (= ἔειπα).αἰδὼς γὰρ ὑπὸ κρύφα κέρδει κλέπτεται, ἃ φέρει δόξαν N. 9.33
ἕκαλος ἔπειμι γῆρας ἔς τε τὸν μόρσιμον αἰῶνα. θνᾴσκομεν γὰρ ὁμῶς ἅπαντες. δαίμων δ' ἄισος I. 7.42
οὐ κό]ρῳ ἀλλ' ἀρετᾷ. [ γ]ὰρ ἁρπαζομένων τεθνάμεν [[βρεϝεμαξρ] χρη]μάτων ἢ κακὸν ἔμμεναι (supp. Lobel) fr. 169. 16.f introduces an explanation of something not directly expressed. στρατὸν ἀκρόσοφόν τε καὶ αἰχματὰν ἀφίξεσθαι· τὸ γὰρ ἐμφυὲς οὔτ' αἴθων ἀλώπηξ οὔτ ἐρίβρομοι λέοντες διαλλάξαιντο ἦθος i. e. they are unable to behave in another way for... O. 11.19 Χαρίτων μή με λίποι καθαρὸν φέγγος. Αἰγίνᾳ τε γάρ φαμι πόλιν τάνδ' εὐκλείξαι i. e. they did not leave me in the past for... P. 9.90 Zeus buried Amphiareus before Periklymenos struck him from behind. (He was in full flight.)ἐν γὰρ δαιμονίοισι φόβοις φεύγοντι καὶ παῖδες θεῶν N. 9.27
His parents' lackof ambition prevented Aristagoras competing in Ol. and Pyth. games. (I would have let him.)ναὶ μὰ γὰρ ὅρκον κάλλιον ἂνδηριώντωνἐνόστησ' ἀντιπάλων N. 11.24
They won in different events. (but not in the pentathlon)οὐ γὰρ ἦν πενταέθλιον I. 1.26
χρὴ δὲ πᾶν ἔρδοντ' ἀμαυρῶσαι τὸν ἐχθρόν. (Melissos had to use all means possible.)οὐ γὰρ φύσιν ὠαριωνείαν ἔλαχεν I. 4.49
esp. after voc., Ζεῦ· τεαὶ γὰρ ὧραι i. e. on you I call O. 4.1 cf. O. 12.3, O. 14.5Φοῖβε, ἐθελήσαις ταῦτα νόῳ τιθέμεν, ἐκ θεῶν γὰρ μαχαναὶ πᾶσαι P. 1.41
Ζεῦ, τεὸν γὰρ αἷμα, σέο δ' ἀγών N. 3.65
g introduces explanation in parenthesis.ἀλλ' ὅμως, κρέσσον γὰρ οἰκτιρμοῦ φθόνος, μὴ παρίει καλά P. 1.85
ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς πρὸς ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει P. 4.286
ἀλλὰ χαλκὸν μυρίον οὐ δυνατὸν ἐξελέγχειν, μακροτέρας γὰρ ἀριθμῆσαι σχολᾶς, ὅν τε N. 10.46
Ἀμύκλαθεν γὰρ ἔβα N. 11.34
h introduces the answer to a preceding question.τί μάλα τοῦτο κερδαλέον τελέθει; ἅτε γὰρ ἐννάλιον πόνον ἐχοίσας βαθὺ σκευᾶς ἑτέρας, ἀβάπτιστος εἶμι P. 2.79
cf. O. 6.8ἐπεὶ τίνα πάτραν, τίνα οἶκον ναίων ὀνυμάξεαι ἐπιφανέστερον Ἑλλάδι πυθέσθαι; πάσαισι γὰρ πολίεσι λόγος ὁμιλεῖ Ἑρεχθέος ἀστῶν P. 7.9
τί ἔλπεαι σοφίαν ἔμμεν, ἃν ὀλίγον τοὶ ἀνὴρ ὑπὲρ ἀνδρὸς ἴσχει; οὐ γὰρ ἔσθ' ὅπως τὰ θεῶν βουλεύματ ἐρευνάσει fr. 61. 3.i introducing a question, progressive. τίς γὰρ ἱππείοις ἐν ἔντεσσιν μέτρα ἐπέθηκ; O. 13.20 cf. P. 4.70k fragg. ἐπικράνοισι γὰρ fr. 6b. d. ἀριστεύοντα γὰρ ἐν fr. 6b. e. ἦν γὰρ τὸ πάροιθε fr. 33d. 1.τῶν γὰρ ἀντομένων[ Pae. 2.42
]γὰρ ἐπῆν πόνος[ Pae. 8.88
]σοφίᾳ γὰρ Pae. 14.40
]α μὲν γὰρ εὔχομαι Pae. 16.3
]ἔσσεται γὰρ ἁδυ[ Pae. 21.13
ἀιὼν γὰρ Pae. 22.8
]γὰρ εὔχομαι. Δ. 1. 1. ]θαμὰ γὰρ οἰκόθεν[ Δ. 4h. 11. τὸ γὰρ πρὶν γενέ[σθαι Παρθ. 1. 2. ]ι γὰρ ὁ [Λοξ]ίας Παρθ. 2. 3. προβάτων γὰρ *fr. 104b. 1. νομάδεσσι γὰρ ἐν Σκύθαις fr. 105b. 1. πάντων γὰρ fr. 140a. 54 (28). ] γάρ σε fr. 140a. 60 (34). κεῖνοι γάρ τ' ἄνοσοι καὶ ἀγήραοι fr. 143. 1. ὁ γὰρ ἔπαινος *fr. 181* ]εν γὰρ, Ἄπολλον[ fr. 215. 8. νικώμενοι γὰρ (v. l. δέ) fr. 229. ] οντι γὰρ ανα[ ?fr. 333a. 15. ] εὔφρων γὰρ[ P. Oxy. 1792. fr. 41. οὐ γὰρ εικ[ P. Oxy. 2442. fr. 68.2 εἰ γάρ if only, introducing wish. — “εἰ γὰρ οἴκοι νιν βάλε, αἷμά οἱ κείναν λάβε ἄπειρον” P. 4.43 with apodosis suppressed.εἰ γὰρ ὁ πᾶς χρόνος ὄλβον μὲν οὕτω καὶ κτεάνων δόσιν εὐθύνοι P. 1.46
εἰ γάρ σφισιν ἐμπεδοσθενέα βίοτον ἁρμόσαις ἥβᾳ λιπαρῷ τε γήραι διαπλέκοις εὐδαίμον' ἐόντα N. 7.98
3 combined with other particles.a καὶ γάρ, καὶ γάρ.I for the fact is, emphasising the explanation.ταχέες ἔβαν· καὶ γὰρ ἑκὼν θυμῷ γελανεῖ θᾶσσον ἔντυνεν βασιλεὺς ἀνέμων P. 4.181
ἔλπομαι δ' τὸν Ἱπποκλέαν θαητὸν ἐν ἅλιξι θησέμεν ἐν καὶ παλαιτέροις, νέαισίν τε παρθένοισι μέλημα. καὶ γὰρ ἑτέροις ἑτέρων ἕρωτες ἔκνιξαν φρένας P. 10.59
καί τινα φᾶσέ νιν δώσειν μόρῳ· καὶ γὰρ βελέων ὑπὸ ῥιπαῖσι κείνου φαιδίμαν γαίᾳ πεφύρσεσθαι κόμαν ἔνεπεν N. 1.67
ἀθανάτοις Αἰνησιδάμου παῖδες ἐν τιμαῖς ἔμιχθεν. καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἀγνῶτες ὑμῖν ἐντὶ δόμοι οὔτε κώμων οὔτε μελικόμπων ἀοιδᾶν I. 2.30
νόμισαν χρυσὸν ἄνθρωποι περιώσιον ἄλλων. καὶ γὰρ ἐριζόμεναι νᾶες ἐν πόντῳ καὶ λτ;ὑφγτ; ἅρμασιν ἵπποι διὰ τεάν, ὤνασσα, τιμὰν θαυμασταὶ πέλονται I. 5.4
ἀνορέας ἐπέτρεψας ἕκατισαόφρονος. καὶ γὰρ ὁ πόντιος Ὀρς[ιτ]ρίαινά νιν περίαλλα βροτῶν τίεν Pae. 9.47
καὶ γὰρ:καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ O. 7.48
II where the καί goes closely with what follows, and is emphatic, also, even. “καὶ γὰρ σέ, τὸν οὐ θεμιτὸν ψεύδει θιγεῖν, ἔτραπε μείλιχος ὀργὰ” P. 9.42καὶ γὰρ αὐτά, ποσσὶν ἄπεπλος ὀρούσαισ' ἀπὸ στρωμνᾶς, ὅμως ἄμυνεν ὕβριν κνωδάλων N. 1.50
καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἀγαθέᾳ χεῖρας ἱμάντι δεθεὶς Πυθῶνι κράτησεν Καλλίας N. 6.34
καὶ γάρ:καὶ Νεμέᾳ γὰρ ὁμῶς ἐρέω ταύταν χάριν O. 8.56
γ. introduces example, yes and, and furtherκαὶ γὰρ Ἀλκμήνας O. 7.27
καὶ γὰρ βιατὰς Ἄρης P. 1.10
μὴ φθόνει κόμπον τὸν ἐοικότ' ἀοιδᾷ κιρνάμεν ἀντὶ πόνων. καὶ γὰρ ἡρώων ἀγαθοὶ πολεμισταὶ λόγον ἐκέρδαναν I. 5.26
b introducing double reason.Iτε γὰρ δέ. κακολόγοι δὲ πολῖται· ἴσχει τε γὰρ ὄλβος οὐ μείονα φθόνον· ὁ δὲ χαμηλὰ πνέων ἄφαντον βρέμει P. 11.29
IIμὲν γὰρ δέ. Ὀλυμπίᾳ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸς γέρας ἔδεκτο, Πυθῶνι δ O. 2.48
τὸ μὲν γὰρ πατρόθεν τὸ δ' ματρόθεν O. 7.23
πολλοῖσι μὲν γὰρ ἀείδεται. τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀνδράσιν ἐμπρέπει P. 8.25
cf. frag. Pae. 16.3IIIμὲν γὰρ ἀλλά. ῥᾴδιον μὲν γὰρ πόλιν σεῖσαι. ἀλλ' ἐπὶ χώρας αὖτις ἕσσαι δυσπαλὲς δὴ γίνεται P. 4.272
c γὰρ ὦν, looking to what follows, of course, but thenἐσσὶ γὰρ ὦν σοφός· οὐκ ἄγνωτ' ἀείδω Ἰσθμίαν ἵπποισι νίκαν I. 2.12
d γάρ τοι emphasising general validity of the reason.τὶν δὲ μοῖρ' εὐδαιμονίας ἕπεται. λαγέταν γάρ τοι τύραννον δέρκεται ὁ μέγας πότμος P. 3.85
I pray to Aiakos as I make this offering to the victors.σὺν θεῷ γάρ τοι φυτευθεὶς ὄλβος ἀνθρώποισι παρμονώτερος N. 8.17
-
57 φέρω
φέρω ([dialect] Locr. [full] φάρω [ᾰ], IG9(1).334.5 (Oeanthea, v. B.C.)), only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. (late 1 [tense] aor. [ per.] 3pl.Aἤφεραν IG3.1379
), Il.21.458, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, [ per.] 2pl. imper.φέρτε Il.9.171
; [ per.] 2sg. subj. ; [ per.] 3sg. subj.φέρῃσι Il.18.308
, Od.5.164, al.; [dialect] Ep. inf.φερέμεν Il.9.411
, al.: [tense] impf. ἔφερον, [dialect] Ep.φέρον 3.245
; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον ([ per.] 3pl.), Od.9.429, 10.108.II [tense] fut.οἴσω Il.7.82
, etc.; [dialect] Dor.οἰσῶ Theoc.3.11
; [ per.] 1pl.οἰσεῦμες Id.15.133
; [ per.] 3pl. ηοίσοντι Tab.Heracl.1.150: the foll. act. forms are not [tense] fut. in sense, imper.οἶσε Od.22.106
, 481, Ar.Ach. 1099, 1101, 1122, Ra. 482;οἰσέτω Il.19.173
, Od.8.255; [ per.] 3pl.οἰσόντων Antim.15
; inf.οἴσειν Pi.P.4.102
, [dialect] Ep.οἰσέμεν Od.3.429
,οἰσέμεναι Il.3.120
, Od.8.399, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 inf.οἶσαι Ph.1.611
codd. ( ἀν-οῖσαι is prob. in Hdt.1.157):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.οἴσομαι Il.22.217
, S.El. 969, etc. (in pass. sense, E.Or. 440, X.Oec.18.6; so [dialect] Dor.οἰσεῖται Archim.Fluit.1.7
, al.): [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.οἰσθήσομαι D.44.45
, Arist. Ph. 205a13, Archim.Fluit.1.3, al., ([etym.] ἐξ-) E.Supp. 561:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.προοῖσται Luc.Par.2
; cf. οἰστέον, οἰστός ([etym.] ἀν-οιστός).III from ἐνεγκ- (not found in Hom. or Hdt., exc. as v.l. in Il.19.194, but in Pi.O.13.66, I.8(7).21, ([etym.] προς-) Id.P.9.36, also B.16.62, and normal in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also in codd.Hp., Epid.1.1.2, al.) come [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, and [tense] aor. 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic., [ per.] 1sg. (lyr.), 964, Ar.Ra. 1299, Th. 742, Lys. 944, ([etym.] δι-) Isoc.18.59, butἤνεγκα S.El. 13
, E. Ion38, Aeschin.2.4, and in compos. with Preps.; [ per.] 2sg. always (lyr.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.Tr. 741 (in Ar.Th. 742, δέκα μῆνας αὔτ' ἐγὼ ἤνεγκον is answd. by ἤνεγκας σύ;); [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dualδι-ηνεγκάτην Pl.Lg. 723b
; pl. always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν ([ per.] 3pl.ἀπ-ήνενκαν IG22.1620.37
, al., once ἀπ-ήνεγκον ib. 1414.2; δι-ηνέγκομεν is f.l. in X.Oec.9.8): imper., [ per.] 2sg. , Ar.Eq. 110, X.Mem.3.6.9 ( ἔνεγκον cj. Pors. in Anaxipp. 8); [ per.] 3sg. (troch.), Th. 238, Pl.Phd. 116d, ([etym.] προς-) X.Smp.5.2; butἐξ-ενεγκέτω IG12.63.33
, 76.61; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεγκόντω ib.5 (1).26.16 (Amyclae, ii/i B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.ἐξ-ενέγκατε Ar.Ra. 847
: subj. ἐνέγκω common to both forms: opt., [ per.] 1sg. , Pl.Cri. 43c: [ per.] 3sg. ἐνέγκαι (cod.A, but - κοι cod.Laur.) S.Tr. 774, butἐνέγκοι Id.Fr.84
(anap.), Pl.R. 330a, ([etym.] ξυν-) Th.6.20, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. ἐνέγκαιτε ( ἐνέγκατε codd.) E.Heracl. 751 (lyr.): inf. , S.OC 1599, IG22.40.18, etc., ([etym.] προς-) Pi.P.9.36, Hp.VM15; Hellenistic ([etym.] εἰς-), PAmh.2.30.35 (ii B. C.), Ev.Marc. 2.4 ([etym.] προς-), etc., found also in codd.Hp., Aff.3 ([etym.] προς-), Nat.Mul.19 ([etym.] δι-): part.ἐνεγκών Pi.I.8(7).21
, S.El. 692, Th.6.56, etc.,ἐνέγκας IG22.1361.21
([etym.] εἰς-), 333.4, D.49.51 (and later, Demetr.Com.Nov.1.10 ([etym.] εἰς-), Arist.Oec. 1351a14, etc.; in X. we findἐξ-ενεγκόντες Mem.1.2.53
, and δι-ενεγκοῦσα, συν-ενεγκόντες, vv. ll. in ib.2.2.5, An.6.5.6):— [voice] Med., only ἠνεγκάμην, Ar.Ec.76 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc. (exc. imper. ); [ per.] 2sg. , X.Oec.7.13; [ per.] 3sg. , Pl.R. 406b, etc.; [ per.] 1pl.ἠνεγκάμεθα Id. Ion 530b
, ([etym.] προ-) Phlb. 57a; inf.εἰς-ενέγκασθαι Isoc.15.188
: part.ἐνεγκάμενος Aeschin.1.131
, ([etym.] ἀπ-) X.Ages.6.2.IV from ἐνεικ- comes [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in [dialect] Ion. (but not in codd. Hp.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., also at Cos (v. infr.) and implied elsewh. in pass. forms (v. infr. v):—the endings are those of [tense] aor. 1, exc. in imper.ἔνεικε Od.21.178
, inf. ἐνεικέμεν (v.l. ἐνεγκέμεν) Il.19.194, ἐνείκην (v. infr.), and part. μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (v. infr.), cf. συνενείκομαι:—[ per.] 1sg.ἀν-ένεικα Od.11.625
; [ per.] 2sg.ἀπ-ένεικας Il.14.255
; [ per.] 3sg.ἤνεικε Od.18.300
, al., Hdt.2.146, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικε Il.15.705
, al.; [ per.] 1pl.ἐνείκαμεν Od.24.43
; [ per.] 3pl.ἤνεικαν Hdt.3.30
, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικαν Il.9.306
; imper. [ per.] 2sg.ἔνεικον Anacr.62.3
; [ per.] 2pl.,ἐνείκατε Od. 8.393
; [ per.] 3pl.ἐνεικάντων Schwyzer 688
B 3 (Chios, v B. C.); inf.ἐνεῖκαι Il.18.334
, Pi.P.9.53, Hdt.1.32; ἐνεικέμεν (v. supr.); [dialect] Aeol.ἐνείκην Alc.Oxy.1788
Fr.15ii 20; part.ἐνείκας Il.17.39
, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.2.23;μετ-ενεικών Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).22
(Cos, iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg.ἀν-ενείκατο Il.19.314
; [ per.] 3pl.ἠνείκαντο 9.127
, Hdt.1.57, ([etym.] ἐς-) 7.152; part.ἐνεικάμενος Alc.35.4
.2 [tense] aor. 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the foll. dialect forms: [ per.] 3sg.ἤνικε IG42(1).121.110
(Epid., iv B. C.); Bi11 (Delph., iv B. C.);ἀν-ήνικε IG4.757A12
, al. (Troezen, ii B. C.); ἀπ-ήνικε ib.42(1).103.16, al. (Epid., iv B. C.); but ἤνῑκε is prob. written for ἤνεικε in IG4.801.3 (Troezen, vi B. C.); [ per.] 1pl. ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] GDI 3591b21 ([place name] Calymna); [ per.] 3pl. Bi 17 (Delph., iv B. C.), IG 12(2).15.15 (Mytil., iii B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj.ἐνίκει Berl.Sitzb.1927.161
([place name] Cyrene); ἐς-ενίκη, and inf. ἐς-ένικαι, IG12(2).645b43,39 (Nesus, iv B. C.); part. (dat. pl.)ἐξ-ενικοῦσι IG4.823.49
(Troezen, iv B. C.); so in later Gr.,εἰς-ήνικα Supp.Epigr.7.381
,382 (Dura-Europos, iii A. D.); ἤνιγκα ib.383 (ibid., iii A. D.):—[voice] Med., part.ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος IG12
(2).526a5 (Eresus, iv B. C.).b [dialect] Boeot. [tense] aor. 1 in [ per.] 3pl.εἴνιξαν IG7.2418.24
(Thebes, iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374.V other tenses: [tense] pf.ἐνήνοχα D.21.108
, 22.62, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Luc.Pr.Im.15,17, ([etym.] μετ-) Pl.Criti. 113a, ([etym.] συν-) v. l. in X.Mem.3.5.22:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.ἐνεχθήσομαι Arist.Ph. 205b12
, Archim.Fluit.2.2, al., ([etym.] ἐπ-) Th.7.56, ([etym.] κατ-) Isoc.13.19: [tense] aor.ἠνέχθην X.An.4.7.12
and freq. in compds.; [dialect] Ion.ἀπ-ηνείχθην Hdt.1.66
, etc.; ([etym.] περι-) ib.84; [ per.] 3pl. written ἠνείχτθησαν in Schwyzer 707B9 (Ephesus, vi B. C.); [dialect] Dor. part.ἐξ-ενειχθείς IG42(1).121.115
(Epid., iv B. C.); Hellenisticἐνεγχθείς PCair.Zen.327.42
(iii B. C.), ([etym.] συμπερι-) IPE12.32A31,78, B70 (Olbia, iii B. C.); in dialects, [ per.] 3sg. indic.ἀπ-ηνίχθη IG42(1).103.111
(Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐξενιχθῇ ib.12(5).593 A23 (Ceos, v B. C.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).21 (Cos, iii B. C.); [dialect] Boeot.ἐν-ενιχθεῖ IG7.3172.150
(Thespiae, iii B. C.); part. (neut.)ἐπ-ενιχθέν Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).53
(Telos, iv B. C., ined.); [dialect] Att. [tense] pf.ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται Pl.R. 584d
,εἰς-ενήνεκται E. Ion 1340
;ἀν-ενήνεγκται IG12.91.4
; ἐπαν-ενήνειγκται ib.22.1607a7; [dialect] Ion.ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος Hdt.8.37
; [dialect] Att. [tense] plpf.προς-ενήνεκτο X.HG4.3.20
; part.κατ-, μετ-ενηνεγμένος Plb.10.30.2
, Str.13.1.12. (With φέρω cf. Lat.fero, OE. beran, Skt. bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is prob. redupl. ἐγκ- ( ἐνεκ- in [voice] Pass. forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cogn. with Skt. náśati 'attain,' Lat. nanciscor, Lith. nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- ([etym.] ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω (Hsch.) are not corroborated.)A [voice] Act.,I bear or carry a load,ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν Il.18.568
;μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
;ἦγον μὲν μῆλα, φέρον δ' εὐήνορα οἶνον Od.4.622
;χοάς A.Ch.15
;φ. ἐπ' ὤμοις S.Tr. 564
;χερσὶν φ. Id.Ant. 429
;φ. ὅπλα βραχίονι E.Hec.14
; bear (as a device) on one's shield, A.Th. 559, etc.; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ., of a pregnant woman, Il.6.59; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, A.Ch. 1000(992), E.Hec. 762: in Trag. stronger than ἔχω, ἁγνὰς αἵματος χεῖρας φ. to have hands clean from blood, E.Hipp. 316 (v.l. φορεῖς); ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων Id.Ph. 1531
(lyr.);γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φ. A.Ch. 581
, cf. Supp. 994;καλὸν φ. στόμα S.Fr. 930
codd. (nisi leg. φορῇ) ; ἄψοφονβάσιν φ. Id.Tr. 967
(lyr.).II bear, convey, with collat. notion of motion, freq. in Hom.,πῇ δὴ.. τόξα φέρεις; Od.21.362
; πρόσω φ. ib. 369;εἴσω φέρω σ' ἐντεῦθεν Ar.V. 1444
, cf. Pl.Lg. 914b;πόδες φέρον Il.6.514
;πέδιλα τά μιν φέρον 24.341
, etc.; of horses, 2.838;ἵππω.. ἅρμα οἴσετον 5.232
, etc.; of ships, Od.16.323, cf. Il.9.306;τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων συνέστηκεν ἐκ τοῦ φέροντος καὶ τοῦ φερομένου Diocl. Fr.17
.b of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, Il.16.602, 5.506; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, Plb.21.31.8, 33.11.2.2 of wind, bear along, [πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς Od.10.26
; [σχεδίην] ἄνεμοι φέρον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 5.330
, cf. 4.516, Il.19.378, etc.;ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος Od.3.300
, 7.277, cf. 5.111, etc.: abs., ὁ βορέας ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει is fair for Greece, X.An.5.77: metaph.,ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ πνεῦμα φ. Pl.R. 394d
;φ. τινὰ φρένες δύσαρκτοι A.Ch. 1023
, cf. Th. 687 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.III endure, suffer,λυγρά Od.18.135
;ἄτην Hdt.1.32
; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, A.Ag. 1066, 1226; πημονάς, τύχας, Id.Pers. 293, E.Or. 1024;ξυμφοράς Th.2.60
; ; also of food,ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. X.Cyr.8.2.21
; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, Ar.Eq. 1188, cf. Ach. 354; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις.. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (sc. Ἰσοκράτους)οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις.. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι D.H.Isoc.2
: metaph.,ᾗ φέρειν πέφυκε Pl.Ti. 48a
.2 freq. with modal words,πήματα κόσμῳ φ. Pi.P.3.82
; ;ὀργῇ τὸν πόλεμον Th.1.31
;θυμῷ φ. Id.5.80
;χαρᾷ φ. τι J.AJ19.1.13
: esp. with an Adv., [ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. Hes.Op. 215
; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, Hdt.2.121.γ, 5.19, E. Ion 610, Pl.R. 330a, etc.; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ., A.Pr. 752, Eu. 794; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, Hdt.9.18,40;προθύμως τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἔφερον Th.8.36
;αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα A.Pr. 104
;συμφορὴν ὡς κουφότατα φ. Hdt.1.35
;ῥᾳδίως φ. Pl.Grg. 522d
, al.;εὐπετῶς φ. S.Fr. 585
, X.Mem.2.1.6; εὐπόρως ( εὐφόρως Brunck) ; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ., D.Ep. 3.45, Pl.R. 474e; these phrases are used mostly c. acc. rei; also c. part.,βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών Hdt.3.155
, cf. Ar.Th. 385, etc.;φ. ἐλαφρῶς.. λαβόντα ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
;ῥᾳδίως φέρεις ἡμᾶς ἀπολείπων Pl. Phd. 63a
: c. gen.,τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς χαλεπώτερον φ. Th.1.77
, cf. 2.62;ἐπί τινι, χαλεπῶς φ. ἐπὶ τῇ πολιορκίᾳ X.HG7.4.21
, cf. Isoc.12.232;πράως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις φ. D.58.55
: c. dat. only, βαρέως φέρειν τοῖς παροῦσι, τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, X.An.1.3.3, HG3.4.9, cf. 5.1.29; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, D.S.17.111, Jul.Or.1.17c codd.IV bring, fetch,εἰ.. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι Od.21.196
;φ. ἄποινα Il.24.502
;ἄρνε 3
, 120, cf. Sapph.95; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, Anacr.62.1;ἔντεα Il.18.191
;τόξα Od.21.359
; ; , etc.;γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ Hdt.7.131
:—[voice] Med., carry or bring with one, or for one's own use,ποδάνιπτρα Od.19.504
;οἶνον Alc.35
, cf. Hdt.4.67, 7.50, X. Mem.3.14.1;φερνὰς δόμοις E.Andr. 1282
; fetch, Od.2.410;χοὰς ἐκ κρήνης S.OC 470
.2 bring, offer, present,δῶρα Od.8.428
, etc.;μέλος Pi.P.2.3
; ;φ. πέπλον δώρημά τινι S.Tr. 602
;πρός τινα δῶρα X.An.7.3.31
; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, Il.5.211, Od.5.307, al.;ἐπὶ ἦρα φ. τινί Il.1.572
, Od.3.164, etc.; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, A.Supp. 489, S.OC 287; but after Hom., χάριν τινὶ φ. show gratitude to him, Pi.O.10(11).17; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against.. A.Niob. in PSI11.1208.12.b = ἄγω iv. 1,ἄχρι νῦν καθ' ὥραν ἔτους λέγονται πένθος ἐπὶ Μελεάγρῳ φέρειν Ant.Lib.2.7
; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, Suid.:—[voice] Med.,τοῦ γονέως ἐφ' ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε Phalar.Ep.103.1
.3 bring, produce, cause, [ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν Il.22.31
;ὄσσαν.. ἥ τε φ. κλέος ἀνθρώποισι Od.1.283
, cf. 3.204; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc., work one woe, Il.8.541, Od.12.231, 427, etc.; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war, 6.203;ἐπ' ἀλλήλοισι φ. Ἄρηα Il.3.132
, cf. 8.516; ;θάνατον φ. B.5.134
;τοῦτο εὐδοξίαν σοι οἴσει Pl.Ep. 312c
; ;τέχναι.. φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν A.Ag. 1135
(lyr.); ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, Hdt.5.58;ἀν' ὄ κα φέρῃ ὁ λόγος ὁ ταμία Φιλοκλέος IG42(1).77.13
(Epid., ii B. C.); of a calculation, yield a result, Vett.Val.349.27; produce, adduce, bring forward,παραδείγματα Isoc.7.6
, etc.;πάσας αἰτίας D.58.22
;ἁρμόττουσαν εἰκόνα Id.61.10
:—[voice] Pass.,εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν.. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται Sor.2.3
.4 μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, Il.10.288, 15.202; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message, ib. 175, Od.1.408;λόγον Pi.P.8.38
;ἐπιστολὰς φ. τινί S.Aj. 781
, cf. Tr. 493;ἐπιστολήν X.Ages.8.3
: hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, A.Th. 370, Ag.9;σαφές τι πρᾶγος Id.Pers. 248
(troch.), cf. Ag. 639, etc.; report, ἀγήν (breakages) PCair.Zen. 15r27 (iii B. C.); φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has.., ib.741.26, cf. 147.4, 268.24 (all iii B. C.); enter, book a payment made, PBaden47.12:—[voice] Med.,λόγους φ. E.Supp. 583
; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, Id.Ph. 1546 (lyr.);μαντήϊα.. φέρονται Hes.Fr.134.9
:—[voice] Pass., θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, Ep.Heb.9.16.5 pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, Th.4.57, cf. IG12.57.9, Pl.Plt. 298a, PCair.Zen.467.7 (iii B. C.);δασμόν X.An.5.5.10
; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, IG22.1012.14, 1326.6;χρήματα πᾶσι τάξαντες φ. Th.1.19
;μισθὸν φ. X.Cyr.1.6.12
(but usu., receive, draw, pay,μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας Ar.Ach.66
; ;αἱ νῆες μισθὸν ἔφερον Th. 3.17
, cf. X.An.1.3.21, Oec.1.6);φ. ἐννέα ὀβολοὺς τῆς μνᾶς τόκους Lys.Fr.1.2
, cf. Lycurg.23; also of property, bring in, yield as rent,φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ Is.5.35
.6 apply, refer, , Chrm. 163d, R. 478b, cf. Plb.3.36.7, al.; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, Id.2.50.6.7 ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, A.Eu. 674, 680, And.1.2, Is.11.18; ψῆφος καθ' ἡμῶν οἴσεται ([voice] Pass.) E.Or. 440;περὶ ταύτης ἡ ψῆφος οἰσθήσεται D.44.45
;ὑπὲρ ἀγῶνος Lycurg.7
, cf. 11: hence φ. τινά appoint or nominate to an office,φ. χορηγόν D.20.130
, 39.7, cf. Pl.Lg. 753d, Arist.Pol. 1266a10:—[voice] Pass., ibid.; (ii B. C.);τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων PRein.10.13
, al. (ii B. C.); φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, BGU1821.21 (i B. C.):—[voice] Med., choose, adopt,ταύταν φ. βιοτάν E.Andr. 785
(lyr.).V bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees,φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα Od.4.229
;ἄμπελοι φ. οἶνον 9.110
; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα ib. 131, cf. Hes.Op. 117; [οὐ] γῆ καρπὸν ἔφερε Hdt.6.139
;γύαι φ. βίοτον A.Fr.196.5
, cf. Pi.N.11.41, E.Hec. 593, etc.: abs., bear fruit, be fruitful,εὖτ' ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι h.Merc.91
; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε ( καρπόν add. codd. quidam) Hdt.5.82;αἱ ἄμπελοι φέρουσιν X.Oec.20.4
; also of living beings,τόπος ἄνδρας φ. Pl.Ti. 24c
;ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν Λαοδίκεια Philostr. VS1.25.1
; one's country,Hld.
2.29, Lib.Or. 2.66, al., Chor.p.81 B., Lyd.Mag.3.26, dub. in Supp.Epigr.4.439 (Milet.) without Art. (alsoἡ ἐνεγκαμένη Jul.Ep. 202
); or Mother Earth, M.Ant.4.48: generally, create, form,Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. Philostr.Im.1.25
; [τὰ βρέφη] ἄρχεται φέρειν τοὺς ὀδόντας Aët.4.9
;φ. τοὺς κυνόδοντας Gp.16.1.14
.VI carry off or away,Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι Il.2.302
;φ. τινὰ ἐκ πόνου 14.429
, 17.718, etc.; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, Od.8.409; of a river, Hdt.1.189:—[voice] Med., carry off with one, Od.15.19.2 carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, Il.6.480, 17.70;αἶγα λέοντε φ. 13.199
; δεῖπνον φ., of Harpies, A.Eu.51;ἐνέχυρα βίᾳ φ. Antipho 6.11
; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (cf.ἄγω 1.3
), IG12.69.19; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Lex ap.D.23.60;αἴ κα.. ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ Leg.Gort.5.37
;ἥρπαζον καὶ ἔφερον Lys.20.17
;κείρων ἢ φέρων IG12(9).90.10
(Tamynae, iv B. C.);αἴ τίς κα.. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ Tab.Heracl.1.128
; of a divorced wife,αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν Leg.Gort.3.2
; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder, ;ἀλλήλους Th.1.7
; abs., SIG38.23 (Teos, v B. C.):—[voice] Pass.,φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο E.Ba. 759
:—[voice] Med. in same sense,ἔναρα Il.22.245
;πελέκεας οἶκόνδε φ. 23.856
;ἀτερπέα δαῖτα Od.10.124
, cf. 15.378.3 carry off, gain, esp. by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both [voice] Act. and [voice] Med.,ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην Il.18.308
;φέρειν τρίποδα Hes.Op. 657
; ; ; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, Pl.R. 468c, Lg. 657e;πέρα.. οὐδὲν φ. S.OC 651
;ἐκ σοῦ πάντ' ἄνευ φόβου φ. Id.OT 590
; τίς.. πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει ἤ .. ; ib. 1190 (lyr.), cf. El. 1088 (lyr.); in bad sense,μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. Pl.Lg. 671e
: also, receive one's due,φ. χάριν S.OT 764
; ; μισθὸν φέρειν (v. supr. iv.5); of a priest's perquisites,φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. BMus.Inscr.968
A 9 ([place name] Cos), cf. IG12.24.10, al., SIG56.35 (Argos, v B. C.):—[voice] Med. (v. ad init.), win for oneself,κῦδος οἴσεσθαι Il.22.217
; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, 23.663, 809, al.; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, 9.127, 23.413; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (sc. ἄεθλα) 23.275, 538; ; of perquisites, τὸ.. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from Φερόνσθω) IG42(1).40.13 (Epid., v/iv B. C.): henceοὐ τὰ δεύτερα Hdt.8.104
; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος Hdt.7.211, cf. S.OT 500 (lyr.), E.Hec. 308; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, Hdt.4.129; ; ;χάριν φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῶν And.2.9
;φ. τὴν ἀπέχθειαν αὐτῶν Antipho 3.4.2
; ;εὐσέβειαν ἐκ πατρὸς οἴσῃ S.El. 969
;δάκρυ πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων A.Pr. 638
;ἀπό τινος βοσκάν Id.Eu. 266
(lyr.);ἐξ ἀνανδρίας τοὔνομα Aeschin.1.131
: generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, esp. to one's own home,τοῦ.. πάμπρωτα παρ' ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο Il.4.97
: hence φέρειν or φέρεσθαι is often used pleon., v. infr. xi.VII abs., of roads or ways, lead to a place,ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν Hdt.2.122
, cf. 138; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (sc. ὁδόν) Id.9.69;τῆς μὲν ἐς ἀριστερὴν ἐπὶ Καρίης φ., τῆς δὲ ἐς δεξιὴν ἐς Σάρδις Id.7.31
;ἐπὶ Σοῦσα X.An.3.5.15
; ;ἡ ἐς Θήβας φέρουσα ὁδός Th.3.24
(but ἡ ἐπ' Ἀθηνῶν φέρουσα ibid.); also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, D.47.53; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, X.HG7.2.7, cf. PMich.Zen.38.27 (iii B. C.), Plb.10.12.3.2 of a district or tract of country, stretch, extend to or towards, φέρειν ἐπί orἐς θάλασσαν Hdt.4.99
; ἐς τὴν μεσόγαιαν ib. 100;πρὸς νότον Id.7.201
; ἡ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν αὐτῆς (sc. τῆς Κιμβρικῆς)καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄλβιν φέρουσα Ptol.Geog.2.11.2
, cf. 3.3 metaph., lead to or towards, be conducive to,ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει Hdt.1.10
;τὰ ἐς ἄκεσιν φέροντα Id.4.90
; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, S.OT 517, 991; : esp. in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ' ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impers.)ταῦτα ποιέειν Hdt.3
. 134; soτὰ πρὸς τὸ ὑγιαίνειν φέροντα X.Mem.4.2.31
;τροφαὶ μέγα φ. εἰς ἀρετάν E.IA 562
(lyr.); μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (sc. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων)εἰς πολιτείαν Pl.R. 449d
; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ. ib. 444e, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.42; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, M.Ant.5.8.b point to, refer to a thing,ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρειν; Hdt.1.120
; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, Id.1.159; , cf. 6.19; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to.., extends over.., Id.7.19; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, Antipho 2.3.10;πρός τινας Pl.R. 538c
;ταύτῃ <ὁ> νόος ἔφερε Hdt.9.120
; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς .., the people's opinion inclines to this, that.., Id.4.11;ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Th.1.79
: c. inf., τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, Hdt.6.110, cf. 5.118; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view.., Hdt.8.100, cf. 3.77.VIII carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of,πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν Aeschin.3.223
; use a word,οὐκ οἶδα καθ' ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα Gal.Vict.Att.6
, cf. 7.644, 15.753, 876; record an event,οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον.. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν D.H.1.63
: more freq. in [voice] Pass., πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, X.HG1.5.17, 2.1.6;ἀτίμως ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φ. Pl.Ep. 328e
; abs., φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, c. acc. et inf.,τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι Hdt.8.104
(v.l.); ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, Str.1.3.15;ὅτε καὶ Δημόκριτος φέρεται τελευτήσας Sor.Vit.Hippocr.11
;κρίνομεν.. τὰ γραφέντα ὑφ' ἡμῶν προστάγματα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῖν OGI331.60
(Pergam., ii B. C.); are in use,Ptol.
Geog.7.4.11; of literary works, to be in circulation,ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται Plu.2.808a
, cf. 209e, 832d, 833c, al., Jul.Or.6.189b, Gp.2.35.8, Eun.VSp.456 B.; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται Arg.E.Rh.; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται Sch.E. Ph. 377, cf. Sch.Il.8.557.2 of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, A.D.Pron.61.5, Synt.21.14, al.1 before another imper.,φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε A.Pr. 296
(anap.);φέρ' εἰπὲ δή μοι S.Ant. 534
;φ. δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ Pl.Cra. 385b
; soφέρετε.. πειρᾶσθε Hdt.4.127
.2 before [ per.] 1sg. or pl. of subj. used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, Hdt.1.11,97;φ. δὲ νῦν.. φράσω Id.2.14
;φέρ' ἴδω, τί δ' ἥσθην; Ar.Ach.4
;φέρε δὴ κατίδω Id. Pax 361
, cf. 959; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, Pl.Grg. 455a, Prt. 330b, cf. E.Or. 1281 (lyr.), Ph. 276, etc.: less freq. before 2 pers.,φέρε.. μάθῃς S.Ph. 300
.3 before a rhetorical question,φέρε.. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις; E.Ph. 571
;φ. δὴ νῦν.. τί γαμεῖθ' ἡμᾶς; Ar.Th. 788
(anap.), cf. Ach. 541, Pl.R. 348c; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη .. ; Id.Lg. 805d; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς .. ; Id.Grg. 514d; freq. in phraseφέρε γάρ, φέρε τίς γὰρ οὗτος; Ar.Nu. 218
;φ. γὰρ πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν; Isoc.4.183
, cf. Antipho 5.36; alsoφ. δή Pl.Grg. 455a
, al.: usu. first in a sentence, butτὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμεν; Id.Lg. 633c
, etc.5 φέρε c. inf., suppose, grant that..φ. λέγειν τινά Plu.2.98b
; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, D.Chr.31.93, 163, Porph.Abst.3.3;οἷον φ. εἰ. Iamb. in Nic.p.47
P., al. ( οἷον φέρε alone, Hierocl. in CA11p.439M.).X part. neut. τὸ φέρον, as Subst., destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, S.OC 1693 (lyr., codd., sed secl. καλῶς, χρή); εἰ τὸ φερον σε φέρει, φέρε καὶ φέρου AP 10.73
(Pall.).2 part. φέρων in all genders freq. joined with another Verb:a to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, Od.22.146; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, 17.345; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, 1.127; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα ib. 139, al., cf. S.Tr. 622;τοῦτο ἐλθὼν οἴκαδε φέρων τῷ πατρὶ ἔδωκα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282e
, cf. R. 345b; soὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμον.. εἰς δέκα τόμους φέρων συνήγαγεν Porph.Plot. 24
; ἑκάστῃ ἐννεάδι τὰ οἰκεῖα φέρων συνεφόρησα ibid., etc.; sts. translatable by with,ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα Th.7.8
.b intr., in pass. sense, to denote unrestrained action,νῦν σε μάλ' οἴω.. φέροντα.. φιλητεύσειν h.Merc. 159
; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, Hdt.8.87; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ' ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, D.5.12;τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ πολέμου παρῆκαν, φέροντες δὲ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀκράγαντα προσήρεισαν
hurling themselves,Plb.
1.17.8;εἰς τοῦτο φέρων περιέστησε τὰ πράγματα Aeschin.3.82
; ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν φέρων Θηβαίοις ib.90, cf. 1.175, 3.143,146; in the foll. passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accus., freq. of the reflex. Pron., governed by the principal Verb (or perh. by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (sc. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ) when I went (or took) and threw myself.., Luc.Icar.13, cf. Fug.1, Plu.Comp.Arist. Cat.1, Fab.6, Per.12, Paus.1.30.1, Ael.VH8.14, Frr.10,69, Philostr. VA3.4;τὴν κατασκευὴν.. φέρων ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί D.S.31.27
, cf. Ach.Tat.1.7;σεαυτὸν.. φέρων ἀπημπόληκας Luc.Merc.Cond.24
;τί παθόντες.. τοῖς ἀτέκνοις τῶν γερόντων ἐσποιεῖτε φέροντες αὑτούς; Luc. DMort.6.3
, cf. Ind.19, Laps.22; ταύτῃ (sc. τῇ ὀργῇ)φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν Plu.Them.24
, cf. Per.7; , cf. Luc.6, Pomp.27, Ael.VH6.1, Max.Tyr.1.2;προσέθετο φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ Eun.VS p.456
B., cf.pp.461,465 B., Dam. ap. Suid. s.v. Σεβηριανός; ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν, ὦ θεῶν πάτερ, ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἀναθήσω Jul.Or.7.231b.3 ἔκκρισις.. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, Sor.2.45.XI φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are freq. added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs,δῶκεν.. τρίποδα φέρειν Il.23.513
, cf. 16.665, 17.131;τεύχεα.. δότω φέρεσθαι 11.798
, cf. Od.21.349, E.Tr. 419, 454(troch.).B [voice] Pass. is used in most of the above senses:—special cases:I to be borne or carried involuntarily, esp. to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, Od.9.82, 10.54, cf. A.Pers. 276 (lyr.), etc.; πᾶν δ' ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, Il.1.592; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, 21.120; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], Od.12.442, cf. 19.468; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, Pi.P.1.87;βίᾳ φέρεται Pl.Phdr. 254a
;πνεῦμα φερόμενον Id.R. 496d
;τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω φέρεται Gal.16.520
;ῥεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι Pl.Cra. 411c
;φ. εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον Id.Phd. 114b
; simply, move, go,ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι; S.OT 1309
(anap.); , cf. E.Hec. 1076 (anap.), etc.; of the excreta,τὰ φερόμενα.. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο Philum.
ap. Aët.9.12;πρὸς κοιλίαν φερομένην Aët.4.19
: metaph.,εἰς τὸ λοιδορεῖν φέρῃ E.Andr. 729
;πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κάλλους φύσιν Pl.Phdr. 254b
, cf. X.Mem.2.1.4; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, Phld.Vit.p.42 J.;ἀπὸ δογμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ θεωρημάτων φ. Vett.Val.238.30
; of veins, to be conveyed, Gal.15.531; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, Pl.Tht. 177c; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, Plot.2.3.9.2 freq. in part. with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, Hdt.8.91;ἀπὸ.. ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος Pl.Phd. 98b
;ἧκε φερόμενος εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν Aeschin.3.89
.3 of voluntary and impulsive motion,ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει Il.20.172
; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, X.Cyn.10.21;δρόμῳ φ. πρός τινα Id.HG4.8.37
;φυγῇ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς φ. Id.Cyr.1.4.23
;ἥξει ἐπ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον φερόμενος Lycurg.59
;φερόμενος ὑπ' ὀργῆς D.H.Comp.18
.II metaph., καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc., turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail,οὔτ' ἂν.. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ' ἄν S.Aj. 1074
;κακῶς φ. τὰ ἑαυτοῦ X.HG3.4.25
;εὖ φέρεται ἡ γεωργία Id.Oec.5.17
; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, D.8.67; less freq. of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful.., Th.5.16, cf. 15;καλῶς φερόμενος τὸ καθ' ἑαυτόν Id.2.60
;φ. ἐν προτιμήσει παρά τινι D.S.33.5
;χεῖρον φερομένη παρὰ τἀδελφῷ J.AJ16.7.6
; of euphonious writing,σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη Phld.Po.5.26
.2 behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc., Vett.Val.38.20, 197.8, al.C [voice] Med.: for its chief usages, v. supr. A. VI. 3. -
58 κόσμος
κόσμος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+)① that which serves to beautify through decoration, adornment, adorning (Hom.+; Diod S 20, 4, 5 τῶν γυναικῶν τὸν κόσμον; OGI 531, 13; SIG 850, 10; IMaronIsis 41; PEleph 1, 4; PSI 240, 12 γυναικεῖον κόσμον; LXX; TestJud 12:1; JosAs 2:6 al.; Philo, Migr. Abr. 97 γυναικῶν κ.; Jos., Ant. 1, 250; 15, 5; Just., A II, 11, 4f) of women’s attire, etc. ὁ ἔξωθεν … κόσμος external adorning 1 Pt 3:3 (Vi. Hom. 4 of the inward adornment of a woman, beside σωφροσύνη; Crates, Ep. 9; Pythag., Ep. 11, 1; Plut., Mor. 141e; on the topic of external adornment cp. SIG 736, 15–26).② condition of orderliness, orderly arrangement, order (Hom. et al.; s. HDiller, Die vorphilosophische Gebrauch von κ. und κοσμεῖν: BSnell Festschr., ’56, 47–60) μετὰ κόσμου in order Dg 12:9 (text uncertain; s. μετακόσμιος).③ the sum total of everything here and now, the world, the (orderly) universe, in philosophical usage (so, acc. to Plut., Mor. 886b, as early as Pythagoras; certainly Heraclitus, Fgm. 66; Pla., Gorg. 508a, Phdr. 246c; Chrysipp., Fgm. 527 v. Arnim κόσμος σύστημα ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις περιεχομένων φύσεων. Likew. Posidonius in Diog. L. 7, 138; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2 p. 391b, 9ff; 2 and 4 Macc; Wsd; EpArist 254; Philo, Aet. M. 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 21; Test12Patr; SibOr 7, 123; AssMos Fgm. b Denis [=Tromp p. 272]; Just., A I, 20, 2 al.; Ath. 19, 2 al.; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 68, 14; Did., Gen. 36, 7; 137, 13.—The other philosoph. usage, in which κ. denotes the heaven in contrast to the earth, is prob. without mng. for our lit. [unless perh. Phil 2:15 κ.=‘sky’?]). ἡ ἀέναος τοῦ κ. σύστασις the everlasting constitution of the universe 1 Cl 60:1 (cp. OGI 56, 48 εἰς τὸν ἀέναον κ.). Sustained by four elements Hv 3, 13, 3. πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κ. εἶναι before the world existed J 17:5. ἀπὸ καταβολῆς [κόσμου] from the beginning of the world Mt 13:35; 25:34; Lk 11:50; Hb 4:3; 9:26; Rv 13:8; 17:8. Also ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς κ. Mt 24:21 or ἀπὸ κτίσεως κ. Ro 1:20.—B 5:5 ἀπὸ καταβ. κ. evidently means at the foundation of the world (s. Windisch, Hdb. ad loc.). πρὸ καταβολῆς κ. before the foundation of the world J 17:24; Eph 1:4; 1 Pt 1:20 (on the uses w. καταβολή s. that word, 1). οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κ. no idol has any real existence in the universe (Twentieth Century NT) 1 Cor 8:4. Of the creation in its entirety 3:22. ὁ κόσμος ὅλος = πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις (Sallust. 21 p. 36, 13; TestSol 5:7; TestJob 33:4) Hs 9, 2, 1; 9, 14, 5. φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ stars in the universe Phil 2:15 (s. above). Esp. of the universe as created by God (Epict 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν, τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Wsd 9:9; 2 Macc 7:23 ὁ τοῦ κ. κτίστης; 4 Macc 5:25; Just., A I, 59, 1 al.; Ath. 8, 2 al.) ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κ. who has made the world Ac 17:24. ὁ κτίστης τοῦ σύμπαντος κ. 1 Cl 19:2; ὁ κτίσας τὸν κ. Hv 1, 3, 4; cp. m 12, 4, 2. ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κ. κυριεύων B 21:5. οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15. Christ is called παντὸς τοῦ κ. κύριος 5:5; and the κ. owes its origin to his agency J 1:10b. The world was created for the sake of the church Hv 2, 4, 1.—The universe, as the greatest space conceivable, is not able to contain someth. (Philo, Ebr. 32) J 21:25.④ the sum total of all beings above the level of the animals, the world, as θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν (i.e. οἱ ἀπόστολοι) τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 Cor 4:9. Here the world is divided into angels and humans (cp. the Stoic definition of the κόσμος in Stob., Ecl. I p. 184, 8 τὸ ἐκ θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων σύστημα; likew. Epict 1, 9, 4.—Acc. to Ocellus Luc. 37, end, the κ. consists of the sphere of the divine beyond the moon and the sphere of the earthly on this side of the moon).⑤ planet earth as a place of inhabitation, the world (SIG 814, 31 [67 A.D.] Nero, ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου κύριος; the meaning of the birthday of Augustus for the world OGI 458, 40 [=IPriene 105]; 2 Macc 3:12; Jos., Ant. 9, 241; 10, 205; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 68)ⓐ gener. Mk 16:15. τὰς βασιλείας τοῦ κ. Mt 4:8; ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κ. 26:13. Cp. 13:38 (cp. Hs 5, 5, 2); Mk 14:9; Hs 9, 25, 2. τὸ φῶς τοῦ κ. τούτου the light of this world (the sun) J 11:9. In rhetorical exaggeration ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τ. κόσμῳ Ro 1:8 (cp. the Egypt. grave ins APF 5, 1913, 169 no. 24, 8 ὧν ἡ σωφροσύνη κατὰ τὸν κ. λελάληται). Abraham as κληρονόμος κόσμου heir of the world 4:13.—Cp. 1 Cor 14:10; Col 1:6. ἡ ἐν τῷ κ. ἀδελφότης the brotherhood in the (whole) world 1 Pt 5:9. ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν our Lord has assumed the sovereignty of the world Rv 11:15. τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κ. (not LXX, but prob. rabbinic אֻמּוֹת הָעוֹלָם=humankind apart fr. Israel; Billerb. II 191; Dalman, Worte 144f) the unconverted in the world Lk 12:30. In this line of development, κόσμος alone serves to designate the polytheistic unconverted world Ro 11:12, 15.—Other worlds (lands) beyond the ocean 1 Cl 20:8.—Many of these pass. bear the connotation ofⓑ the world as the habitation of humanity (as SibOr 1, 160). So also Hs 9, 17, 1f. εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν κ. of entrance into the world by being born 1 Cl 38:3. ἐκ τοῦ κ. ἐξελθεῖν leave this present world (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 5 ἔξω τ. κόσμου φεύγειν; s. ἐξέρχομαι 5; cp. Hippol., Ref. 5, 16, 7) 1 Cor 5:10b; 2 Cl 8:3. γεννηθῆναι εἰς τὸν κ. be born into the world J 16:21. ἕως ἐσμὲν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κ. 2 Cl 8:2. οὐδὲν εἰσφέρειν εἰς τὸν κ. (Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 294 τὸν μηδὲν εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσενηνοχότα) 1 Ti 6:7 (Pol 4:1). πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸν κ. 2J 7.—ἐν τῷ κόσμω τούτῳ J 12:25 (κ. need not here be understood as an entity hostile to God, but the transition to the nuance in 7b, below, is signalled by the term that follows: ζωὴν αἰώνιον). ἵνα εἰς κόσμον προέλθῃ AcPlCor 2:6.ⓒ earth, world in contrast to heaven (Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 59; Iren., 1, 4, 2 [Harv. I 35, 5]; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 15, 24) ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 2 Cl 19:3.—Esp. when mention is made of the preexistent Christ, who came fr. another world into the κόσμος. So, above all, in John (Bultmann, index I κόσμος) ἔρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν κ. (τοῦτον) J 6:14; 9:39; 11:27; 16:28a; 18:37; specif. also come into the world as light 12:46; cp. 1:9; 3:19. Sending of Jesus into the world 3:17a; 10:36; 17:18; 1J 4:9. His εἶναι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ J 1:10a; 9:5a; 17:12 v.l. Leaving the world and returning to the Father 13:1a; 16:28b. Cp. 14:19; 17:11a. His kingship is not ἐκ τοῦ κ. τούτου of this world i.e. not derived from the world or conditioned by its terms and evaluations 18:36ab.—Also Χρ. Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν εἰς τ. κόσμον 1 Ti 1:15; cp. ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ (opp. ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ) 3:16.—εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν κ. Hb 10:5.ⓓ the world outside in contrast to one’s home PtK 3 p. 15, 13; 19.⑥ humanity in general, the world (TestAbr B 8 p. 113, 11 [Stone p. 74]; ApcEsdr 3:6 p. 27, 14; SibOr 1, 189; Just., A I, 39, 3 al.)ⓐ gener. οὐαὶ τῷ κ. ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων woe to humankind because of the things that cause people to sin Mt 18:7; τὸ φῶς τοῦ κ. the light for humanity 5:14; cp. J 8:12; 9:5. ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κ. 4:42; 1J 4:14 (this designation is found in inscriptions, esp. oft. of Hadrian [WWeber, Untersuchungen z. Geschichte des Kaisers Hadrianus 1907, 225; 226; 229]).—J 1:29; 3:17b; 17:6.—κρίνειν τὸν κ. (SibOr 4, 184; TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 11 [Stone p. 32]; ApcMos 37) of God, Christ J 12:47a; Ro 3:6; B 4:12; cp. Ro 3:19. Of believers 1 Cor 6:2ab (cp. Sallust. 21 p. 36, 13 the souls of the virtuous, together w. the gods, will rule the whole κόσμος). Of Noah διʼ ἧς (sc. πίστεως) κατέκρινεν τὸν κ. Hb 11:7. ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κ. εἰσῆλθεν Ro 5:12; likew. θάνατος εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν κ. 1 Cl 3:4 (Wsd 2:24; 14:14). Cp. Ro 5:13; 1 Cor 1:27f. περικαθάρματα τοῦ κ. the refuse of humanity 4:13. Of persons before conversion ἄθεοι ἐν τῷ κ. Eph 2:12.—2 Cor 1:12; 5:19; Js 2:5; 1J 2:2; 4:1, 3. ἀρχαῖος κόσμος the people of the ancient world 2 Pt 2:5a; cp. vs. 5b; 3:6. Of pers. of exceptional merit: ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κ. of whom the world was not worthy Hb 11:38.—ὅλος ὁ κ. all the world, everybody Ac 2:47 D; 1 Cl 5:7; cp. ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κ. 59:2; εἰς ὅλον τὸν κ. Hs 8, 3, 2. Likew. ὁ κόσμος (cp. Philo, De Prov. in Eus., PE 8, 14, 58) ὁ κ. ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν J 12:19. ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κ. 8:26; ἐν τῷ κ. 17:13; ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κ. 18:20; cp. 7:4; 14:22. ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κ. 14:31; cp. 17:23; ἵνα ὁ κ. πιστεύῃ 17:21.ⓑ of all humanity, but especially of believers, as the object of God’s love J 3:16, 17c; 6:33, 51; 12:47b.⑦ the system of human existence in its many aspects, the worldⓐ as scene of earthly joys, possessions, cares, sufferings (cp. 4 Macc 8:23) τὸν κ. ὅλον κερδῆσαι gain the whole world Mt 16:26; Mk 8:36; Lk 9:25; 2 Cl 6:2 (cp. Procop. Soph., Ep. 137 the whole οἰκουμένη is an unimportant possession compared to ἀρετή). τὰ τερπνὰ τοῦ κ. the delightful things in the world IRo 6:1. οἱ χρώμενοι τὸν κ. ὡς μὴ καταχρώμενοι those who use the world as though they had no use of it or those who deal with the world as having made no deals with it 1 Cor 7:31a. ἔχειν τὸν βίον τοῦ κ. possess worldly goods 1J 3:17. τὰ τοῦ κόσμου the affairs of the world 1 Cor 7:33f; cp. 1J 2:15f. The latter pass. forms an easy transition to the large number of exprs. (esp. in Paul and John) in whichⓑ the world, and everything that belongs to it, appears as that which is hostile to God, i.e. lost in sin, wholly at odds w. anything divine, ruined and depraved (Herm. Wr. 6, 4 [the κόσμος is τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς κακίας]; 13, 1 [ἡ τοῦ κ. ἀπάτη], in Stob. p. 428, 24 Sc.; En 48:7; TestIss 4:6; AscIs 3:25; Hdb., exc. on J 1:10; Bultmann ad loc.—cp. Sotades Maronita [III B.C.] 11 Diehl: the κόσμος is unjust and hostile to great men) IMg 5:2; IRo 2:2. ὁ κόσμος οὗτος this world (in contrast to the heavenly realm) J 8:23; 12:25, 31a; 13:1; 16:11; 18:36; 1J 4:17; 1 Cor 3:19; 5:10a; 7:31b; Hv 4, 3, 2ff; D 10:6; 2 Cl 5:1, 5; (opp. ὁ ἅγιος αἰών) B 10:11. ‘This world’ is ruled by the ἄρχων τοῦ κ. τούτου the prince of this world, the devil J 12:31b; 16:11; without τούτου 14:30. Cp. ὁ κ. ὅλος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται the whole world lies in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19; cp. 4:4; also ὁ αἰὼν τοῦ κ. τούτου Eph 2:2 (s. αἰών 4).—Christians must have nothing to do with this world of sin and separation fr. God: instead of desiring it IRo 7:1, one is to ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ κ. keep oneself untainted by the world Js 1:27. ἀποφεύγειν τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κ. 2 Pt 2:20; cp. 1:4 (s. ἀποφεύγω 1).—Pol 5:3. ἡ φιλία τοῦ κ. ἔχθρα τ. θεοῦ ἐστιν Js 4:4a; cp. vs. 4b. When such an attitude is taken Christians are naturally hated by the world IRo 3:3; J 15:18, 19ad; 17:14a; 1J 3:13, as their Lord was hated J 7:7; 15:18; cp. 1:10c; 14:17; 16:20.—Also in Paul: God and world in opposition τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κ. and τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐκ θεοῦ the spirit of the world and the spirit that comes fr. God 1 Cor 2:12; σοφία τοῦ κ. and σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ 1:20f. ἡ κατὰ θεὸν λύπη and ἡ τοῦ κ. λύπη godly grief and worldly grief 2 Cor 7:10. The world is condemned by God 1 Cor 11:32; yet also the object of the divine plan of salvation 2 Cor 5:19; cp. 1 Cl 7:4; 9:4. A Christian is dead as far as this world is concerned: διʼ οὗ (i.e. Ἰ. Χρ.) ἐμοὶ κ. ἐσταύρωται κἀγὼ κόσμῳ through Christ the world has been crucified for me, and I have been (crucified) to the world Gal 6:14; cp. the question τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κ. δογματίζεσθε; Col 2:20b. For στοιχεῖα τοῦ κ. Gal 4:3; Col 2:8, 20a s. στοιχεῖον.—The use of κ. in this sense is even further developed in John. The κ. stands in opposition to God 1J 2:15f and hence is incapable of knowing God J 17:25; cp. 1J 4:5, and excluded fr. Christ’s intercession J 17:9; its views refuted by the Paraclete 16:8. Neither Christ himself 17:14c, 16b; 14:27, nor his own 15:19b; 17:14b, 16a; 1J 3:1 belong in any way to the ‘world’. Rather Christ has chosen them ‘out of the world’ J 15:19c, even though for the present they must still live ‘in the world’ 17:11b; cp. 13:1b; 17:15, 18b. All the trouble that they must undergo because of this, 16:33a, means nothing compared w. the victorious conviction that Christ (and the believers w. him) has overcome ‘the world’ vs. 33b; 1J 5:4f, and that it is doomed to pass away 2:17 (TestJob 33:4; Kephal. I 154, 21: the κόσμος τῆς σαρκός will pass away).⑧ collective aspect of an entity, totality, sum total (SIG 850, 10 τὸν κόσμον τῶν ἔργων (but s. 1 above); Pr 17:6a) ὁ κ. τῆς ἀδικίας ἡ γλῶσσα καθίσταται the tongue becomes (or proves to be) the sum total of iniquity Js 3:6 (so, approx., Meinertz; FHauck.—MDibelius, Windisch and ASchlatter find mng. 7b here, whereas ACarr, Exp. 7th ser., 8, 1909, 318ff thinks of mng. 1). Χρ. τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου τῶν σῳζομένων σωτηρίας παθόντα Christ, who suffered or died (s. πάσχω 3aα) for the salvation of the sum total of those who are saved MPol 17:2.—FBytomski, D. genet. Entwicklung des Begriffes κόσμος in d. Hl. Schrift: Jahrb. für Philos. und spekul. Theol. 25, 1911, 180–201; 389–413 (only the OT); CSchneider, Pls u. d. Welt: Αγγελος IV ’32, 11–47; EvSchrenck, Der Kosmos-Begriff bei Joh.: Mitteilungen u. Nachrichten f. d. evang. Kirche in Russland 51, 1895, 1–29; RLöwe, Kosmos u. Aion ’35; RBultmann, D. Verständnis v. Welt u. Mensch im NT u. im Griechentum: ThBl 19, ’40, 1–14; GBornkamm, Christus u. die Welt in der urchr. Botschaft: ZTK 47, ’50, 212–26; ALesky, Kosmos ’63; RVölkl, Christ u. Welt nach dem NT ’61; GJohnston, οἰκουμένη and κ. in the NT: NTS 10, ’64, 352–60; NCassem, ibid. 19, ’72/73, 81–91; RBratcher, BT 31, ’80, 430–34.—B. 13; 440. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
59 πῦρ
πῦρ, ός, τό (Hom.+) fireⓐ of earthly fire, as an important element in creation Dg 7:2.—Mt 17:15; Mk 9:22; Ac 28:5; Js 5:3 (cp. 4 Macc 15:15); ITr 2:3. Melting lead 2 Cl 16:3. Necessary for forging metals Dg 2:3. Testing precious metals for purity 1 Pt 1:7; Hv 4, 3, 4; in metaphor Rv 3:18. For ἄνθρακες πυρός Ro 12:20 s. ἄνθραξ. For κάμινος (τοῦ) πυρός (Iren. 5, 5, 2 [Harv. II 332, 2) 1 Cl 45:7; 2 Cl 8:2 s. κάμινος. For βάλλειν εἰς (τὸ) π. s. βάλλω 1b.—περιάπτειν πῦρ kindle a fire Lk 22:55. κατακαίειν τι πυρί burn someth. (up) with fire, in a pass. construction Mt 13:40; τινὰ ἐν πυρὶ Rv 17:16 (v.l. without ἐν). Pass. construction 18:8. ὑπὸ πυρὸς κατακαίεσθαι MPol 5:2 (κατακαίω, end). πῦρ καιόμενον 11:2b (καίω 1a). πυρὶ καίεσθαι Hb 12:18; Rv 8:8 (καίω 1a). Fire is used in comparisons γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός Ac 2:3 (Ezek. Trag. 234 [in Eus., PE 9, 29, 14] ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ φέγγος ὡς πυρὸς ὤφθη ἡμῖν). φλὸξ πυρός a flame of fire (Ex 3:2; Is 29:6; PsSol 15:4; JosAs 14:9): ὀφθαλμοὶ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός Rv 1:14; cp. 2:18; 19:12.—Of a Christian worker who has built poorly in the congregation it is said σωθήσεται ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved as if through (the) fire, i.e. like a person who must pass through a wall of fire to escape fr. a burning house (Ps.-Crates, Ep. 6 [=Malherbe p. 56] κἂν διὰ πυρός; Jos., Ant. 17, 264 διὰ τοῦ πυρός; Diod S 1, 57, 7; 8 διὰ τοῦ φλογὸς … σωθείς from a burning tent) 1 Cor 3:15 (HHollander, NTS 40, ’94, 89–104; s. σῴζω 3). Cp. Jd 23 (ἁρπάζω 2a).—Of the torture of a loyal confessor by fire IRo 5:3; ISm 4:2; MPol 2:3; 11:2a; 13:3; 15:1f; 16:1; 17:2; cp. Hb 11:34; in imagery of Rome ἀπέρχομαι εἰς κάμινον πυρός AcPl Ha 6, 20 (cp. b below).ⓑ of fire that is heavenly in origin and nature (cp. Diod S 4, 2, 3 of the ‘fire’ of lightning, accompanying the appearance of Zeus; 16, 63, 3 τὸ θεῖον πῦρ; Just., D. 88, 3 πῦρ ἀνήφθη ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῳ [at Jesus’ baptism]. In gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 17, 1 [Harv. I 164, 14]; Hippol., Ref. 6, 9, 5.—Orig., C. Cels. 4, 13, 19): an angel appears to Moses ἐν φλογὶ πυρὸς βάτου in the flame of a burning thorn-bush Ac 7:30 (s. Ex 3:2; cp. Just., A I, 62, 3 ἐν ἰδέᾳ πυρός.—PKatz, ZNW 46, ’55, 133–38). God makes τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα (cp. Ps 103:4, esp. in the v.l. [ARahlfs, Psalmi cum Odis ’31]) Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3. Corresp., there burn before the heavenly throne seven λαμπάδες πυρός Rv 4:5 and the ‘strong angel’ 10:1 has πόδες ὡς στῦλοι πυρός, but both of these pass. fit equally well in a. Fire appears mostly as a means used by God to execute punishment: in the past, in the case of Sodom ἔβρεξεν πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ Lk 17:29 (Gen 19:24; cp. 1QH 3:31). Cp. Lk 9:54 (4 Km 1:10, 12; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 13 [Stone p. 24, 13] ἐξ οὐρανοῦ; Jos., Ant. 9, 23 πῦρ ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ πεσόν). Quite predom. in connection w. the Last Judgment: the end of the world διʼ αἵματος καὶ πυρός Hv 4, 3, 3; cp. Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3. Also Sib-Or 4, 173; 5, 376f); Rv 8:7. κόσμος αἴρεται ἐν πυρί AcPl Ha 2, 26; 9, 11. The Judgment Day ἐν πυρὶ ἀποκαλύπτεται makes its appearance with fire 1 Cor 3:13a; cp. 13b (JGnilka, Ist 1 Cor 3:10–15 … Fegfeuer? ’55); 2 Pt 3:7 (on first-century cosmological views s. FDowning, L’AntCl 64, ’95, 99–109, esp. 107f). When Jesus comes again he will reveal himself w. his angels ἐν πυρὶ φλογός (cp. Sir 45:19) 2 Th 1:8. Oft. in Rv: fire is cast fr. heaven upon the earth 8:5; 13:13; 20:9 (καταβαίνω 1b). It proceeds fr. the mouths of God’s two witnesses 11:5 and fr. the mouths of plague-bringing horses 9:17f. See 16:8. For πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσθίειν μέλλοντος τ. ὑπεναντίους Hb 10:27 s. ζῆλος 1, end. ἡ χείρ μου πυρὶ ἀποπίπτει ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ my hand falls off me from (burning in) the fire GJs 20:1 (codd.).—The fire w. which God punishes sinners (cp. ApcSed 4:1 κόλασις καὶ πῦρ ἐστιν ἡ παίδευσίς σου) οὐ σβέννυται (cp. Is 66:24) Mk 9:48; 2 Cl 7:6; 17:5. Hence it is called (s. PGM 5, 147 τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἀθάνατον): (τὸ) πῦρ (τὸ) αἰώνιον (4 Macc 12:12; TestZeb 10:3; GrBar 4:16; Just., A I, 21, 6 al.; Tat. 17, 1; Theoph. Ant. 1, 14 [p. 92, 9]) Mt 18:8; 25:41; Jd 7; Dg 10:7 (opp. τὸ πῦρ τὸ πρόσκαιρον 10:8). πῦρ ἄσβεστον (ἄσβεστος 1) Mt 3:12; Mk 9:43, 45 v.l.; Lk 3:17; 2 Cl 17:7; IEph 16:2; AcPl Ha 1, 22. It burns in the γέεννα (τοῦ) πυρός (ApcEsdr 1:9 p. 25, 1 Tdf.; s. γέεννα and cp. En 10:13 τὸ χάος τοῦ πυρός) Mt 5:22; 18:9 (cp. 1QS 2:7f); Mk 9:47 v.l.; 2 Cl 5:4 (a saying of Jesus not recorded elsewhere). ἡ λίμνη τοῦ πυρὸς (καὶ θείου) Rv 19:20; 20:10, 14ab, 15 (cp. Jos As 12, 10 ἄβυσσον τοῦ πυρός); cp. Rv 21:8; 14:10, 18; 15:2. The fiery place of punishment as ἡ κάμινος τοῦ πυρός Mt 13:42, 50 (difft. AcPl Ha 6, 20 see at the end of a, above). τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ fire awaits that person AcPlCor 2:37. The fire of hell is also meant in certain parables and allegories, in which trees and vines represent persons worthy of punishment Mt 3:10; 7:19; Lk 3:9; J 15:6. The one whose coming was proclaimed by John the Baptist βαπτίσει ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί; whether πῦρ in Mt 3:11; Lk 3:16 refers to reception of the Holy Spirit (esp. in Lk 3:16) or to the fire of divine judgment is debatable; for association of πῦρ with πνεῦμα s. Ac 2:3f; AcPlCor 2:13 (βαπτίζω 3b). As Lord of Judgment God is called πῦρ καταναλίσκον Hb 12:29 (Dt 4:24; 9:3.—Mesomedes calls Isis πῦρ τέλεον ἄρρητον [IAndrosIsis p. 145, 14]).—Of a different kind is the idea that fire is to be worshiped as a god (Maximus Tyr. 2, 4b of the Persians: πῦρ δέσποτα; Theosophien 14 p. 170, 11 τὸ πῦρ ἀληθῶς θεός) Dg 8:2.ⓒ fig. (Just., D. 8, 1 πῦρ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἀνήφθη; Chariton 2, 4, 7 πῦρ εἰς τ. ψυχήν; Ael. Aristid. 28, 110 K.=49 p. 527 D.: τὸ ἱερὸν κ. θεῖον πῦρ τὸ ἐκ Διός; Aristaen., Ep. 2, 5; PGrenf I=Coll. Alex. p. 177 ln. 15 [II B.C.] of the fire of love; Theoph. Ant. 1, 3 [p. 62, 21] of God’s wrath) ἡ γλῶσσα πῦρ Js 3:6 (s. γλῶσσα 1a). The saying of Jesus πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν Lk 12:49 seems, in the context where it is now found, to refer to the fire of discord (s. vss. 51–53). πῦρ is also taken as fig. in Agr 3, the sense of which, however, cannot be determined w. certainty (s. Unknown Sayings, 54–56) ὁ ἐγγύς μου ἐγγὺς τοῦ πυρός. ὁ δὲ μακρὰν ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλείας (cp. ἐγγύς 3; ἐγγὺς εἶναι τοῦ πυρός as someth. dangerous also Chariton 6, 3, 9). On the difficult pass. πᾶς πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται Mk 9:49 and its variants s. ἁλίζω and cp. ἅλας b (s. also NColeman, JTS 24, 1923, 381–96, ET 48, ’37, 360–62; PHaupt, Salted with Fire: AJP 45, 1924, 242–45; AFridrichsen, Würzung durch Feuer: SymbOsl 4, 1926, 36–38; JdeZwaan, Met vuur gezouten worden, Mc 9:49: NThSt 11, 1928, 179–82; RHarris, ET 48, ’37, 185f; SEitrem, Opferritus u. Voropfer der Griechen u. Römer 1915, 309–44. JBauer, TZ 15, ’59, 446–50; HZimmermann [Mk 9:49], TQ 139, ’59, 28–39; TBaarda [Mk 9:49], NTS 5, ’59, 318–21).—B. 71; RAC VII 786–90; BHHW I 479f. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
60 ἰδού
+[*]I 186-409-362-137-51=1145 Gn 1,29.31; 3,22; 6,13.17lo!, behold! Gn 1,29ἰδοὺ ἐγώ here am I Gn 27,1*Gn 11,6 ἰδού behold-הנה for MT הן if; *Ex 18,6 ἰδού behold-הנה for MT אני I, cpr. Gn 48,2; *JgsB 16,13 ἰδού behold-הנה for MT עד־הנה until now, cpr. JgsA 16,13 ἕως νῦν; *1 Sm 27,8 ἰδού behold-ֵהנִּה for MT ָהנֵּה they, see also 2 Sm 4,6; *2 Kgs 4,40 ἰδού behold-הנה for MT המה they; *Jb 3,3 ἰδού behold-הרי? for MT הרה conceiveCf. LE BOULLUEC 1989 117.167; GRILLET 1997 301(1 Sm 27,8); LEE, J. 1983, 51; WEVERS 1990 30.32;→LSJ RSuppl; NIDNTT
Страницы
См. также в других словарях:
For Now, For Always — was a sentimental ballad from the 1961 Disney film, The Parent Trap . It was sung by Maureen O Hara and was written by the songwriting brother team of the Robert and Richard Sherman. According to the Sherman Brothers, the song was meant to be in… … Wikipedia
And Now for Something Completely Different — DVD cover Directed by Ian MacNaughton Produced by … Wikipedia
Duty Now for the Future — Studio album by Devo Released July 1979 ( … Wikipedia
Duty Now for the Future — Saltar a navegación, búsqueda Duty Now for the Future LP de Devo Publicación Julio de 1979 Grabación 1979 … Wikipedia Español
And Now For a Word — Infobox Television episode Title = And Now For a Word Series = Babylon 5 Caption = Season = 2 Episode = 15 Airdate = 3 May 1995 Production = 214 Writer = J. Michael Straczynski Director = Mario DiLeo Guests = Kim Zimmer (Cynthia Torqueman)… … Wikipedia
And Now for Something Completely Different — Filmdaten Deutscher Titel: Monty Pythons wunderbare Welt der Schwerkraft Originaltitel: Monty Python s And Now for Something Completely Different Produktionsland: Großbritannien Erscheinungsjahr: 1971 Länge: 85 Minuten Originalsprache … Deutsch Wikipedia
And Now for Something Completely Different — La Première Folie des Monty Python La Première Folie des Monty Python (And Now for Something Completly Different en version originale) est un film britannique réalisé par Ian MacNaughton en 1971. C est une anthologie des sketches préférés du… … Wikipédia en Français
Now — (nou), adv. [OE. nou, nu, AS. n[=u], nu; akin to D., OS., & OHG. nu, G. nu, nun, Icel., n[=u], Dan., Sw., & Goth. nu, L. nunc, Gr. ny , ny^n, Skr. nu, n[=u]. [root]193. Cf. {New}.] [1913 Webster] 1. At the present time; at this moment; at the… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Now now — (nou), adv. [OE. nou, nu, AS. n[=u], nu; akin to D., OS., & OHG. nu, G. nu, nun, Icel., n[=u], Dan., Sw., & Goth. nu, L. nunc, Gr. ny , ny^n, Skr. nu, n[=u]. [root]193. Cf. {New}.] [1913 Webster] 1. At the present time; at this moment; at the… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Now and again — Now Now (nou), adv. [OE. nou, nu, AS. n[=u], nu; akin to D., OS., & OHG. nu, G. nu, nun, Icel., n[=u], Dan., Sw., & Goth. nu, L. nunc, Gr. ny , ny^n, Skr. nu, n[=u]. [root]193. Cf. {New}.] [1913 Webster] 1. At the present time; at this moment; at … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Now and now — Now Now (nou), adv. [OE. nou, nu, AS. n[=u], nu; akin to D., OS., & OHG. nu, G. nu, nun, Icel., n[=u], Dan., Sw., & Goth. nu, L. nunc, Gr. ny , ny^n, Skr. nu, n[=u]. [root]193. Cf. {New}.] [1913 Webster] 1. At the present time; at this moment; at … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
